ec7f348d26d13bdeff3996a64f7ebd41a3c3b60e
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20 #include "defs.h"
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
22 #include <ctype.h>
23 #include "hashtab.h"
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
36 #include "target.h"
37 #include "language.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
51 #include "block.h"
52 #include "solib.h"
53 #include "solist.h"
54 #include "observer.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
56 #include "memattr.h"
57 #include "ada-lang.h"
58 #include "top.h"
59 #include "valprint.h"
60 #include "jit.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
64 #include "continuations.h"
65 #include "stack.h"
66 #include "skip.h"
67 #include "record.h"
68 #include "gdb_regex.h"
69
70 /* readline include files */
71 #include "readline/readline.h"
72 #include "readline/history.h"
73
74 /* readline defines this. */
75 #undef savestring
76
77 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
78 #include "python/python.h"
79
80 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
81
82 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
83
84 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
85
86 static void disable_command (char *, int);
87
88 static void enable_command (char *, int);
89
90 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
91 void *),
92 void *);
93
94 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
95
96 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
97
98 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
99
100 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
101 struct linespec_result *,
102 enum bptype, char *,
103 char **);
104
105 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
106 struct linespec_result *,
107 struct linespec_sals *,
108 char *, enum bptype,
109 enum bpdisp, int, int,
110 int,
111 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
112 int, int, int);
113
114 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
115 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
116
117 static void clear_command (char *, int);
118
119 static void catch_command (char *, int);
120
121 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
122
123 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
124
125 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
126
127 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
128 enum bptype,
129 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
130 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
131 const struct symtab_and_line *);
132
133 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
134 static. */
135 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
136 struct symtab_and_line,
137 enum bptype,
138 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
139
140 static struct breakpoint *
141 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
142 enum bptype type,
143 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
144
145 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
146
147 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
148 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
149 enum bptype bptype);
150
151 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
152 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
153 struct obj_section *, int);
154
155 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
156 CORE_ADDR addr1,
157 struct address_space *aspace2,
158 CORE_ADDR addr2);
159
160 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
161 struct bp_location *loc2);
162
163 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
164 struct address_space *aspace,
165 CORE_ADDR addr);
166
167 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
168
169 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
170
171 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
172 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
173
174 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
175
176 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
177
178 static void commands_command (char *, int);
179
180 static void condition_command (char *, int);
181
182 typedef enum
183 {
184 mark_inserted,
185 mark_uninserted
186 }
187 insertion_state_t;
188
189 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
190 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
191
192 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
193
194 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
195
196 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
197
198 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
199
200 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
201
202 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
203 enum bptype type,
204 int *other_type_used);
205
206 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
207
208 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
209
210 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp);
211
212 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
213
214 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
215
216 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
217
218 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
219
220 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
221 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
222
223 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
224
225 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
226
227 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
228 CORE_ADDR pc);
229
230 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
231 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
232 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
233
234 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
235
236 static void update_global_location_list (int);
237
238 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
239
240 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
241
242 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
243
244 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
245
246 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
247
248 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
249
250 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
251
252 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
253
254 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
255
256 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
257
258 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
259 otherwise. */
260
261 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
262
263 static void init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
264 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
265 char *cond_string,
266 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
267
268 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
269 from. */
270 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
271
272 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
273 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
274 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
275 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
276
277 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
278 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
279
280 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
281 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
282
283 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
284 breakpoints. */
285 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
286
287 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
288 breakpoints share a single command list. */
289 struct counted_command_line
290 {
291 /* The reference count. */
292 int refc;
293
294 /* The command list. */
295 struct command_line *commands;
296 };
297
298 struct command_line *
299 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
300 {
301 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
302 }
303
304 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
305 current breakpoint. */
306
307 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
308
309 const char *
310 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
311 {
312 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
313 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
314 a breakpoint. */
315 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
316
317 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
318 }
319
320 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
321 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
322 if such is available. */
323 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
324
325 static void
326 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
327 struct cmd_list_element *c,
328 const char *value)
329 {
330 fprintf_filtered (file,
331 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
332 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
333 value);
334 }
335
336 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
337 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
338 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
339 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
340 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
341 static void
342 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
343 struct cmd_list_element *c,
344 const char *value)
345 {
346 fprintf_filtered (file,
347 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
348 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
349 value);
350 }
351
352 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
353 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
354 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
355 use hardware breakpoints. */
356 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
357 static void
358 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
359 struct cmd_list_element *c,
360 const char *value)
361 {
362 fprintf_filtered (file,
363 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
364 value);
365 }
366
367 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
368 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
369 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
370 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
371 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
372
373 static const char always_inserted_auto[] = "auto";
374 static const char always_inserted_on[] = "on";
375 static const char always_inserted_off[] = "off";
376 static const char *always_inserted_enums[] = {
377 always_inserted_auto,
378 always_inserted_off,
379 always_inserted_on,
380 NULL
381 };
382 static const char *always_inserted_mode = always_inserted_auto;
383 static void
384 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
385 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
386 {
387 if (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto)
388 fprintf_filtered (file,
389 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
390 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
391 value,
392 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
393 else
394 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
395 value);
396 }
397
398 int
399 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
400 {
401 return ((always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_on
402 || (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto && non_stop))
403 && !RECORD_IS_USED);
404 }
405
406 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
407
408 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
409 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
410
411 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
412 static int overlay_events_enabled;
413
414 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
415 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
416
417 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
418 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
419 current breakpoint. */
420
421 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
422
423 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
424 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
425 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
426 B = TMP)
427
428 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
429 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
430 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
431
432 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
433 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
434 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
435 BP_TMP++)
436
437 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
438
439 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
440 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
441 if (is_tracepoint (B))
442
443 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
444
445 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
446
447 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
448
449 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
450
451 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
452
453 static unsigned bp_location_count;
454
455 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
456 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
457 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
458 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
459 an address you need to read. */
460
461 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
462
463 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
464 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
465 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
466 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
467 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
468
469 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
470
471 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
472 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
473 by a target. */
474 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
475
476 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
477
478 static int breakpoint_count;
479
480 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
481 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
482 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
483 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
484 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
485
486 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
487
488 static int tracepoint_count;
489
490 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
491 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
492 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
493
494 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
495 static int
496 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
497 {
498 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
499 }
500
501 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
502
503 static void
504 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
505 {
506 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
507 breakpoint_count = num;
508 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
509 }
510
511 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
512 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
513 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
514
515 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
516 breakpoint made. */
517
518 void
519 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
520 {
521 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
522 }
523
524 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
525 breakpoint made. */
526
527 void
528 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
529 {
530 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
531 }
532
533 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
534
535 void
536 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
537 {
538 struct breakpoint *b;
539
540 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
541 b->hit_count = 0;
542 }
543
544 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
545 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
546
547 static struct counted_command_line *
548 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
549 {
550 struct counted_command_line *result
551 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
552
553 result->refc = 1;
554 result->commands = commands;
555 return result;
556 }
557
558 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
559
560 static void
561 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
562 {
563 if (cmd)
564 ++cmd->refc;
565 }
566
567 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
568 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
569 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
570
571 static void
572 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
573 {
574 if (*cmdp)
575 {
576 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
577 {
578 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
579 xfree (*cmdp);
580 }
581 *cmdp = NULL;
582 }
583 }
584
585 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
586
587 static void
588 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
589 {
590 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
591 }
592
593 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
594 argument. */
595
596 static struct cleanup *
597 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
598 {
599 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
600 }
601
602 \f
603 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
604 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
605
606 struct breakpoint *
607 get_breakpoint (int num)
608 {
609 struct breakpoint *b;
610
611 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
612 if (b->number == num)
613 return b;
614
615 return NULL;
616 }
617
618 \f
619
620 void
621 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
622 int from_tty)
623 {
624 xfree (b->cond_string);
625 b->cond_string = NULL;
626
627 if (is_watchpoint (b))
628 {
629 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
630
631 xfree (w->cond_exp);
632 w->cond_exp = NULL;
633 }
634 else
635 {
636 struct bp_location *loc;
637
638 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
639 {
640 xfree (loc->cond);
641 loc->cond = NULL;
642 }
643 }
644
645 if (*exp == 0)
646 {
647 if (from_tty)
648 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
649 }
650 else
651 {
652 char *arg = exp;
653
654 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
655 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
656 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
657 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
658
659 if (is_watchpoint (b))
660 {
661 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
662
663 innermost_block = NULL;
664 arg = exp;
665 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
666 if (*arg)
667 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
668 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
669 }
670 else
671 {
672 struct bp_location *loc;
673
674 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
675 {
676 arg = exp;
677 loc->cond =
678 parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
679 if (*arg)
680 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
681 }
682 }
683 }
684 breakpoints_changed ();
685 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
686 }
687
688 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
689
690 static void
691 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
692 {
693 struct breakpoint *b;
694 char *p;
695 int bnum;
696
697 if (arg == 0)
698 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
699
700 p = arg;
701 bnum = get_number (&p);
702 if (bnum == 0)
703 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
704
705 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
706 if (b->number == bnum)
707 {
708 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
709 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
710 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
711 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
712 if (b->py_bp_object
713 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
714 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
715 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
716 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
717 return;
718 }
719
720 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
721 }
722
723 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
724 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
725 Throw if any such commands is found. */
726
727 static void
728 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
729 {
730 struct command_line *c;
731
732 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
733 {
734 int i;
735
736 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
737 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
738 "only be used for tracepoints"));
739
740 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
741 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
742
743 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
744 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
745 command directly. */
746 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
747 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
748
749 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
750 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
751 }
752 }
753
754 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
755
756 static int
757 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
758 {
759 return (type == bp_tracepoint
760 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
761 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
762 }
763
764 int
765 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
766 {
767 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
768 }
769
770 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
771 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
772 found. */
773
774 static void
775 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
776 struct command_line *commands)
777 {
778 if (is_tracepoint (b))
779 {
780 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
781 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
782 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
783 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
784 struct command_line *c;
785 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
786 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
787 {
788 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
789 {
790 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
791 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
792 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
793 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
794 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
795 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
796
797 if (while_stepping)
798 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
799 "can be used only once"));
800 else
801 while_stepping = c;
802 }
803 }
804 if (while_stepping)
805 {
806 struct command_line *c2;
807
808 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
809 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
810 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
811 {
812 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
813 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
814 }
815 }
816 }
817 else
818 {
819 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
820 }
821 }
822
823 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
824 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
825
826 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
827 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
828 {
829 struct breakpoint *b;
830 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
831 struct bp_location *loc;
832
833 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
834 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
835 {
836 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
837 if (loc->address == addr)
838 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
839 }
840
841 return found;
842 }
843
844 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
845 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
846
847 void
848 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
849 struct command_line *commands)
850 {
851 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
852
853 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
854 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
855 breakpoints_changed ();
856 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
857 }
858
859 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
860 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
861 commands. */
862
863 void
864 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
865 {
866 int old_silent = b->silent;
867
868 b->silent = silent;
869 if (old_silent != silent)
870 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
871 }
872
873 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
874 breakpoint work for any thread. */
875
876 void
877 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
878 {
879 int old_thread = b->thread;
880
881 b->thread = thread;
882 if (old_thread != thread)
883 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
884 }
885
886 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
887 breakpoint work for any task. */
888
889 void
890 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
891 {
892 int old_task = b->task;
893
894 b->task = task;
895 if (old_task != task)
896 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
897 }
898
899 void
900 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
901 {
902 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
903
904 validate_actionline (&line, b);
905 }
906
907 /* A structure used to pass information through
908 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
909
910 struct commands_info
911 {
912 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
913 int from_tty;
914
915 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
916 char *arg;
917
918 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
919 already-parsed command. */
920 struct command_line *control;
921
922 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
923 yet been read. */
924 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
925 };
926
927 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
928 commands_command. */
929
930 static void
931 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
932 {
933 struct commands_info *info = data;
934
935 if (info->cmd == NULL)
936 {
937 struct command_line *l;
938
939 if (info->control != NULL)
940 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
941 else
942 {
943 struct cleanup *old_chain;
944 char *str;
945
946 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
947 "%s, one per line."),
948 info->arg);
949
950 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
951
952 l = read_command_lines (str,
953 info->from_tty, 1,
954 (is_tracepoint (b)
955 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
956 b);
957
958 do_cleanups (old_chain);
959 }
960
961 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
962 }
963
964 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
965 do anything. */
966 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
967 {
968 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
969 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
970 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
971 b->commands = info->cmd;
972 breakpoints_changed ();
973 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
974 }
975 }
976
977 static void
978 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
979 struct command_line *control)
980 {
981 struct cleanup *cleanups;
982 struct commands_info info;
983
984 info.from_tty = from_tty;
985 info.control = control;
986 info.cmd = NULL;
987 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
988 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
989 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
990
991 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
992 {
993 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
994 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
995 breakpoint_count);
996 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
997 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
998 else
999 {
1000 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1001 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1002 numbers will fail in this case. */
1003 arg = NULL;
1004 }
1005 }
1006 else
1007 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1008 our argument. */
1009 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1010
1011 if (arg != NULL)
1012 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1013
1014 info.arg = arg;
1015
1016 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1017
1018 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1019 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1020
1021 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1022 }
1023
1024 static void
1025 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1026 {
1027 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1028 }
1029
1030 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1031 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1032
1033 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1034 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1035 enum command_control_type
1036 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1037 {
1038 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1039 return simple_control;
1040 }
1041
1042 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1043
1044 static int
1045 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1046 {
1047 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1048 return 0;
1049 if (!bl->inserted)
1050 return 0;
1051 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1052 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1053 return 0;
1054 return 1;
1055 }
1056
1057 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1058 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1059
1060 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1061 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1062 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1063 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1064 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1065 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1066 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1067 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1068 and:
1069 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1070
1071 void
1072 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1073 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1074 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1075 {
1076 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1077 search. */
1078 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1079
1080 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1081 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1082 report higher one. */
1083
1084 bc_l = 0;
1085 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1086 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1087 {
1088 struct bp_location *bl;
1089
1090 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1091 bl = bp_location[bc];
1092
1093 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1094 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1095 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1096 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1097
1098 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1099 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1100 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1101
1102 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1103 >= bl->address)
1104 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1105 <= memaddr))
1106 bc_l = bc;
1107 else
1108 bc_r = bc;
1109 }
1110
1111 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1112 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1113 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1114 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1115 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1116 B:
1117
1118 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1119
1120 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1121 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1122 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1123 and L2. */
1124 while (bc_l > 0
1125 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1126 bc_l--;
1127
1128 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1129
1130 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1131 {
1132 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1133 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1134 int bp_size = 0;
1135 int bptoffset = 0;
1136
1137 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1138 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1139 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1140 bl->owner->number);
1141
1142 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1143 content. */
1144
1145 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1146 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1147 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1148 break;
1149
1150 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1151 continue;
1152 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1153 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1154 continue;
1155
1156 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1157 we need to copy. */
1158 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1159 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1160
1161 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1162 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1163 are reading. */
1164 continue;
1165
1166 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1167 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1168 reading. */
1169 continue;
1170
1171 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1172 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1173 {
1174 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1175 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1176 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1177 bp_addr = memaddr;
1178 }
1179
1180 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1181 {
1182 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1183 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1184 }
1185
1186 if (readbuf != NULL)
1187 {
1188 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1189 shadow. */
1190 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1191 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1192 }
1193 else
1194 {
1195 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1196 const unsigned char *bp;
1197 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1198 unsigned placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1199
1200 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1201 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1202 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1203
1204 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1205 address. */
1206 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1207
1208 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1209 breakpoint's INSN. */
1210 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1211 }
1212 }
1213 }
1214 \f
1215
1216 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1217
1218 static int
1219 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1220 {
1221 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1222 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1223 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1224 }
1225
1226 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1227 software. */
1228
1229 int
1230 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1231 {
1232 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1233 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1234 }
1235
1236 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1237 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1238 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1239 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1240 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1241 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1242 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1243 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1244
1245 static int
1246 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1247 {
1248 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1249 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1250 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1251 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1252 }
1253
1254 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1255 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1256
1257 static void
1258 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1259 {
1260 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1261
1262 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1263 {
1264 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1265 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1266 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1267 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1268 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1269 }
1270 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1271 }
1272
1273 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1274 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1275 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1276 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1277 in b->loc->cond.
1278 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1279
1280 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1281 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1282 it.
1283
1284 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1285 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1286 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1287 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1288 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1289 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1290 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1291 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1292
1293 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1294 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1295 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1296 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1297 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1298 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1299 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1300 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1301 not changed.
1302
1303 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1304 hardware watchpoints:
1305
1306 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1307 called several times when GDB stops.
1308
1309 [linux]
1310 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1311 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1312 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1313 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1314 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1315 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1316 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1317 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1318 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1319 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1320 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1321
1322 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1323 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1324
1325 static void
1326 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1327 {
1328 int within_current_scope;
1329 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1330 int frame_saved;
1331
1332 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1333 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1334 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1335 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1336 return;
1337
1338 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1339 return;
1340
1341 frame_saved = 0;
1342
1343 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1344 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1345 within_current_scope = 1;
1346 else
1347 {
1348 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1349 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1350 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1351
1352 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1353 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1354 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1355 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1356 return;
1357
1358 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1359 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1360 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1361 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1362 selected frame. */
1363 frame_saved = 1;
1364 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1365
1366 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1367 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1368 if (within_current_scope)
1369 select_frame (fi);
1370 }
1371
1372 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1373 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1374 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1375 b->base.loc = NULL;
1376
1377 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1378 {
1379 char *s;
1380
1381 if (b->exp)
1382 {
1383 xfree (b->exp);
1384 b->exp = NULL;
1385 }
1386 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1387 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1388 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1389 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1390 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1391 be completely different objects. */
1392 value_free (b->val);
1393 b->val = NULL;
1394 b->val_valid = 0;
1395
1396 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1397 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1398 locations (re)created below. */
1399 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1400 {
1401 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1402 {
1403 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1404 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1405 }
1406
1407 s = b->base.cond_string;
1408 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1409 }
1410 }
1411
1412 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1413 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1414 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1415 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1416 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1417 if ( !target_has_execution)
1418 {
1419 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1420 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1421 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1422 }
1423 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1424 {
1425 int pc = 0;
1426 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1427 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1428
1429 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1430
1431 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1432 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1433 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1434 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1435 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1436 watchpoints. */
1437 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1438 {
1439 b->val = v;
1440 b->val_valid = 1;
1441 }
1442
1443 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1444
1445 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1446 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1447 {
1448 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1449 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1450 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1451 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1452 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1453 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1454 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1455 {
1456 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1457
1458 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1459 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1460 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1461 if (v == result
1462 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1463 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1464 {
1465 CORE_ADDR addr;
1466 int len, type;
1467 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1468
1469 addr = value_address (v);
1470 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1471 type = hw_write;
1472 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1473 type = hw_read;
1474 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1475 type = hw_access;
1476
1477 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1478 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1479 ;
1480 *tmp = loc;
1481 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1482
1483 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1484 loc->address = addr;
1485 loc->length = len;
1486 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1487 }
1488 }
1489 }
1490
1491 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1492 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1493 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1494 is started. */
1495 if (reparse)
1496 {
1497 int reg_cnt;
1498 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1499 struct bp_location *bl;
1500
1501 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1502
1503 if (reg_cnt)
1504 {
1505 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1506 enum bptype type;
1507
1508 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1509 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1510 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1511
1512 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1513 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1514 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1515 this watchpoint in as well. */
1516
1517 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1518 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1519 hardware watchpoint type. */
1520 type = b->base.type;
1521 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1522 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1523
1524 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1525 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1526 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1527 through watch_command), so always account for it
1528 manually. */
1529
1530 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1531 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1532
1533 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1534 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1535
1536 target_resources_ok
1537 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1538 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1539 {
1540 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1541
1542 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1543 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1544 "hardware watchpoint."));
1545 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1546 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1547 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1548
1549 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1550 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1551 }
1552 else
1553 {
1554 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1555 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1556 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1557 nop. */
1558 b->base.type = type;
1559 }
1560 }
1561 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1562 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1563 "read/access watchpoint."));
1564 else
1565 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1566
1567 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1568 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1569 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1570 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1571 }
1572
1573 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1574 {
1575 next = value_next (v);
1576 if (v != b->val)
1577 value_free (v);
1578 }
1579
1580 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1581 above left it without any location set up. But,
1582 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1583 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1584 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1585 {
1586 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1587 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1588 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1589 base->loc->address = -1;
1590 base->loc->length = -1;
1591 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1592 }
1593 }
1594 else if (!within_current_scope)
1595 {
1596 printf_filtered (_("\
1597 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1598 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1599 b->base.number);
1600 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1601 }
1602
1603 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1604 if (frame_saved)
1605 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1606 }
1607
1608
1609 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1610 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1611 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1612 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1613 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1614 static int
1615 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1616 {
1617 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
1618 return 0;
1619
1620 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1621 return 0;
1622
1623 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
1624 return 0;
1625
1626 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
1627 return 0;
1628
1629 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1630 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1631 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1632 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1633 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1634 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1635 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1636 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1637 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
1638 return 0;
1639
1640 return 1;
1641 }
1642
1643 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
1644 that the location is not duplicated. */
1645
1646 static int
1647 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1648 {
1649 int result;
1650 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
1651
1652 bl->duplicate = 0;
1653 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
1654 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
1655 return result;
1656 }
1657
1658 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
1659 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
1660 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1661 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
1662 -1 for failure.
1663
1664 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
1665 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1666 static int
1667 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
1668 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
1669 int *disabled_breaks,
1670 int *hw_breakpoint_error)
1671 {
1672 int val = 0;
1673
1674 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
1675 return 0;
1676
1677 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1678 memset (&bl->target_info, 0, sizeof (bl->target_info));
1679 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
1680 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
1681 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
1682
1683 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1684 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1685 {
1686 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
1687 {
1688 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1689 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1690 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1691
1692 Two important cases are:
1693 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1694 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1695 hardware breakpoint.
1696 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
1697 read-write. This means we've previously made the
1698 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
1699 so we undo.
1700
1701 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
1702 location types we've just set here, the only possible
1703 problem is that memory map has changed during running
1704 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
1705 gdb. */
1706 struct mem_region *mr
1707 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
1708
1709 if (mr)
1710 {
1711 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
1712 {
1713 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
1714
1715 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1716 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
1717 else
1718 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
1719
1720 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
1721 {
1722 static int said = 0;
1723
1724 bl->loc_type = new_type;
1725 if (!said)
1726 {
1727 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
1728 _("Note: automatically using "
1729 "hardware breakpoints for "
1730 "read-only addresses.\n"));
1731 said = 1;
1732 }
1733 }
1734 }
1735 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1736 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1737 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
1738 "at readonly address %s"),
1739 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
1740 }
1741 }
1742
1743 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1744 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1745 || bl->section == NULL
1746 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
1747 {
1748 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1749
1750 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1751 }
1752 else
1753 {
1754 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1755 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1756 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1757 {
1758 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1759 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1760 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1761 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1762 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1763 bl->owner->number);
1764 else
1765 {
1766 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
1767 bl->section);
1768 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1769 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
1770 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
1771 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1772 &bl->overlay_target_info);
1773 if (val != 0)
1774 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1775 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
1776 "failed: in ROM?\n",
1777 bl->owner->number);
1778 }
1779 }
1780 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1781 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
1782 {
1783 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1784 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1785 }
1786 else
1787 {
1788 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1789 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1790 return 0;
1791 }
1792 }
1793
1794 if (val)
1795 {
1796 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1797 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
1798 {
1799 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1800 val = 0;
1801 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
1802 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
1803 if (!*disabled_breaks)
1804 {
1805 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1806 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1807 bl->owner->number);
1808 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1809 "Temporarily disabling shared "
1810 "library breakpoints:\n");
1811 }
1812 *disabled_breaks = 1;
1813 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1814 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
1815 }
1816 else
1817 {
1818 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1819 {
1820 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1821 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1822 "Cannot insert hardware "
1823 "breakpoint %d.\n",
1824 bl->owner->number);
1825 }
1826 else
1827 {
1828 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1829 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1830 bl->owner->number);
1831 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
1832 "Error accessing memory address ");
1833 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
1834 tmp_error_stream);
1835 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
1836 safe_strerror (val));
1837 }
1838
1839 }
1840 }
1841 else
1842 bl->inserted = 1;
1843
1844 return val;
1845 }
1846
1847 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1848 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1849 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1850 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
1851 {
1852 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
1853 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
1854
1855 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1856
1857 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
1858 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
1859 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
1860 {
1861 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1862
1863 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
1864 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
1865 of this one. */
1866 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1867 if (loc != bl
1868 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
1869 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
1870 {
1871 bl->duplicate = 1;
1872 bl->inserted = 1;
1873 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
1874 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1875 val = 0;
1876 break;
1877 }
1878
1879 if (val == 1)
1880 {
1881 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1882 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1883
1884 if (val)
1885 /* Back to the original value. */
1886 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
1887 }
1888 }
1889
1890 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
1891 }
1892
1893 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
1894 {
1895 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
1896 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
1897
1898 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1899 if (val)
1900 {
1901 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1902
1903 if (val == 1)
1904 warning (_("\
1905 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
1906 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
1907 else
1908 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
1909 }
1910
1911 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
1912
1913 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1914 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1915 so just return success. */
1916 return 0;
1917 }
1918
1919 return 0;
1920 }
1921
1922 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1923 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1924 PSPACE anymore. */
1925
1926 void
1927 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
1928 {
1929 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
1930 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1931
1932 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1933 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
1934 {
1935 if (b->pspace == pspace)
1936 delete_breakpoint (b);
1937 }
1938
1939 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1940 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1941 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1942 {
1943 struct bp_location *tmp;
1944
1945 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
1946 {
1947 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1948 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
1949 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
1950 else
1951 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
1952 if (tmp->next == loc)
1953 {
1954 tmp->next = loc->next;
1955 break;
1956 }
1957 }
1958 }
1959
1960 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1961 removed locations above. */
1962 update_global_location_list (0);
1963 }
1964
1965 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1966 Throws exception on any error.
1967 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1968 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1969 void
1970 insert_breakpoints (void)
1971 {
1972 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1973
1974 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1975 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1976 {
1977 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
1978
1979 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1980 }
1981
1982 update_global_location_list (1);
1983
1984 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1985 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1986 now. */
1987 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1988 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1989 }
1990
1991 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
1992
1993 static void
1994 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1995 {
1996 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1997 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
1998 int error_flag = 0;
1999 int val = 0;
2000 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2001 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2002
2003 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2004 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2005
2006 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2007 there was an error. */
2008 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2009
2010 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2011
2012 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2013 {
2014 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
2015 continue;
2016
2017 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2018 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2019 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2020 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2021 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2022 continue;
2023
2024 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2025
2026 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2027 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2028 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2029 insert breakpoints. */
2030 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
2031 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2032 continue;
2033
2034 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2035 &hw_breakpoint_error);
2036 if (val)
2037 error_flag = val;
2038 }
2039
2040 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2041 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2042 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2043 {
2044 int some_failed = 0;
2045 struct bp_location *loc;
2046
2047 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2048 continue;
2049
2050 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2051 continue;
2052
2053 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2054 continue;
2055
2056 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2057 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2058 {
2059 some_failed = 1;
2060 break;
2061 }
2062 if (some_failed)
2063 {
2064 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2065 if (loc->inserted)
2066 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2067
2068 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2069 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2070 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2071 bpt->number);
2072 error_flag = -1;
2073 }
2074 }
2075
2076 if (error_flag)
2077 {
2078 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2079 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2080 if (hw_breakpoint_error)
2081 {
2082 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2083 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2084 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2085 }
2086 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2087 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2088 }
2089
2090 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2091 }
2092
2093 /* Used when the program stops.
2094 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2095 removing a breakpoint location. */
2096
2097 int
2098 remove_breakpoints (void)
2099 {
2100 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2101 int val = 0;
2102
2103 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2104 {
2105 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2106 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2107 }
2108 return val;
2109 }
2110
2111 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2112
2113 int
2114 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2115 {
2116 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2117 int val;
2118 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2119
2120 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2121 {
2122 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2123 continue;
2124
2125 if (bl->inserted)
2126 {
2127 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2128 if (val != 0)
2129 return val;
2130 }
2131 }
2132 return 0;
2133 }
2134
2135 int
2136 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2137 {
2138 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2139 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2140 int val;
2141 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2142 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0;
2143 struct inferior *inf;
2144 struct thread_info *tp;
2145
2146 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2147 if (tp == NULL)
2148 return 1;
2149
2150 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2151 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2152
2153 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2154
2155 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2156 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2157
2158 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2159 {
2160 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2161 continue;
2162
2163 if (bl->inserted)
2164 {
2165 bl->inserted = 0;
2166 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2);
2167 if (val != 0)
2168 {
2169 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2170 return val;
2171 }
2172 }
2173 }
2174 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2175 return 0;
2176 }
2177
2178 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
2179
2180 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
2181 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
2182 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
2183 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
2184 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
2185 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
2186 static void
2187 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
2188 {
2189 if (internal)
2190 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2191 else
2192 {
2193 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
2194 b->number = breakpoint_count;
2195 }
2196 }
2197
2198 static struct breakpoint *
2199 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
2200 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
2201 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
2202 {
2203 struct symtab_and_line sal;
2204 struct breakpoint *b;
2205
2206 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
2207
2208 sal.pc = address;
2209 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
2210 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
2211
2212 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
2213 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2214 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
2215
2216 return b;
2217 }
2218
2219 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
2220 {
2221 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
2222 };
2223 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
2224
2225 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
2226 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
2227 {
2228 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
2229 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
2230
2231 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
2232 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
2233
2234 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
2235 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
2236
2237 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
2238 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
2239 };
2240
2241 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
2242
2243 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
2244 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
2245
2246 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
2247
2248 static int
2249 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
2250 {
2251 return msym == &msym_not_found;
2252 }
2253
2254 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
2255 Allocate the data if necessary. */
2256
2257 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
2258 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
2259 {
2260 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2261
2262 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
2263 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
2264 {
2265 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
2266 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2267
2268 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2269 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
2270 }
2271 return bp_objfile_data;
2272 }
2273
2274 static void
2275 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
2276 {
2277 struct objfile *objfile;
2278 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
2279
2280 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2281 {
2282 struct breakpoint *b;
2283 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2284 CORE_ADDR addr;
2285
2286 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2287
2288 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
2289 continue;
2290
2291 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
2292 {
2293 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2294
2295 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2296 if (m == NULL)
2297 {
2298 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
2299 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
2300 continue;
2301 }
2302 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
2303 }
2304
2305 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
2306 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2307 bp_overlay_event,
2308 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2309 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2310
2311 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
2312 {
2313 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
2314 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
2315 }
2316 else
2317 {
2318 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2319 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
2320 }
2321 }
2322 update_global_location_list (1);
2323 }
2324
2325 static void
2326 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
2327 {
2328 struct program_space *pspace;
2329 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2330
2331 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2332
2333 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2334 {
2335 struct objfile *objfile;
2336
2337 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2338
2339 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2340 {
2341 int i;
2342 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2343 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2344
2345 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2346 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
2347 continue;
2348
2349 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2350
2351 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
2352 {
2353 struct breakpoint *b;
2354 const char *func_name;
2355 CORE_ADDR addr;
2356
2357 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
2358 continue;
2359
2360 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
2361 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
2362 {
2363 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2364
2365 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2366 if (m == NULL)
2367 {
2368 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2369 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
2370 continue;
2371 }
2372 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
2373 }
2374
2375 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
2376 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
2377 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2378 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2379 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2380 }
2381 }
2382 }
2383 update_global_location_list (1);
2384
2385 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2386 }
2387
2388 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
2389 static void
2390 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
2391 {
2392 struct program_space *pspace;
2393 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2394 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
2395
2396 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2397
2398 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2399 {
2400 struct objfile *objfile;
2401 CORE_ADDR addr;
2402
2403 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2404
2405 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2406 {
2407 struct breakpoint *b;
2408 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2409
2410 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2411
2412 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
2413 continue;
2414
2415 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
2416 {
2417 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2418
2419 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2420 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
2421 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
2422 {
2423 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2424 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
2425 continue;
2426 }
2427 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
2428 }
2429
2430 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
2431 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2432 bp_std_terminate_master,
2433 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2434 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2435 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2436 }
2437 }
2438
2439 update_global_location_list (1);
2440
2441 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2442 }
2443
2444 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
2445
2446 void
2447 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
2448 {
2449 struct objfile *objfile;
2450 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
2451
2452 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2453 {
2454 struct breakpoint *b;
2455 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2456 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2457 CORE_ADDR addr;
2458
2459 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2460
2461 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
2462 continue;
2463
2464 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2465
2466 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
2467 {
2468 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
2469
2470 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2471 if (debug_hook == NULL)
2472 {
2473 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
2474 continue;
2475 }
2476
2477 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
2478 }
2479
2480 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
2481 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
2482 &current_target);
2483 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
2484 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2485 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2486 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2487 }
2488
2489 update_global_location_list (1);
2490 }
2491
2492 void
2493 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
2494 {
2495 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2496 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
2497
2498 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
2499 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
2500 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
2501 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
2502 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
2503 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
2504 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
2505 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
2506 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
2507 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
2508 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
2509
2510 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2511 {
2512 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
2513 continue;
2514
2515 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2516 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
2517 {
2518 delete_breakpoint (b);
2519 continue;
2520 }
2521
2522 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2523 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
2524 {
2525 delete_breakpoint (b);
2526 continue;
2527 }
2528
2529 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
2530 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
2531 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
2532 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
2533 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
2534 {
2535 delete_breakpoint (b);
2536 continue;
2537 }
2538
2539 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
2540 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
2541 {
2542 delete_breakpoint (b);
2543 continue;
2544 }
2545
2546 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
2547 after an exec. */
2548 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
2549 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
2550 {
2551 delete_breakpoint (b);
2552 continue;
2553 }
2554
2555 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
2556 {
2557 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
2558 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
2559 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
2560 a new method, and call this method from here. */
2561 continue;
2562 }
2563
2564 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
2565 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
2566 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
2567 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
2568 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
2569 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
2570
2571 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
2572 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
2573 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
2574 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
2575 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
2576 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
2577 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
2578
2579 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
2580 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
2581 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
2582 let finish_command delete it.
2583
2584 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
2585 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
2586 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
2587 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
2588 solib breakpoints.) */
2589
2590 if (b->type == bp_finish)
2591 {
2592 continue;
2593 }
2594
2595 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
2596 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
2597 a.out. */
2598 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
2599 {
2600 delete_breakpoint (b);
2601 continue;
2602 }
2603 }
2604 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
2605 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
2606 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
2607 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
2608 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
2609 }
2610
2611 int
2612 detach_breakpoints (int pid)
2613 {
2614 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2615 int val = 0;
2616 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2617 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
2618
2619 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
2620 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
2621
2622 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
2623 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
2624 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2625 {
2626 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2627 continue;
2628
2629 if (bl->inserted)
2630 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
2631 }
2632
2633 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
2634 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
2635
2636 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2637 return val;
2638 }
2639
2640 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
2641 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
2642 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
2643 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2644 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
2645
2646 static int
2647 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
2648 {
2649 int val;
2650
2651 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2652 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
2653
2654 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2655 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2656 return 0;
2657
2658 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2659 This should not ever happen. */
2660 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
2661
2662 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2663 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2664 {
2665 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2666 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2667 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
2668
2669 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2670 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2671 || bl->section == NULL
2672 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2673 {
2674 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2675 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2676 }
2677 else
2678 {
2679 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2680 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2681 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2682 {
2683 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2684 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2685 */
2686 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2687 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2688 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2689 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2690 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2691 else
2692 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2693 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2694 }
2695 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2696 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2697 if (bl->inserted)
2698 {
2699 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2700 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2701 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2702 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2703
2704 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2705 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2706 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2707 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
2708 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2709 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2710 else
2711 val = 0;
2712 }
2713 else
2714 {
2715 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2716 val = 0;
2717 }
2718 }
2719
2720 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2721 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2722 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2723 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2724 val = 0;
2725
2726 if (val)
2727 return val;
2728 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2729 }
2730 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2731 {
2732 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2733 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
2734
2735 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2736 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2737
2738 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2739 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
2740 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2741 bl->owner->number);
2742 }
2743 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
2744 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2745 && !bl->duplicate)
2746 {
2747 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2748 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
2749
2750 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2751 if (val)
2752 return val;
2753
2754 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2755 }
2756
2757 return 0;
2758 }
2759
2760 static int
2761 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
2762 {
2763 int ret;
2764 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2765
2766 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2767 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
2768
2769 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2770 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2771 return 0;
2772
2773 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2774 This should not ever happen. */
2775 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
2776
2777 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
2778
2779 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2780
2781 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
2782
2783 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2784 return ret;
2785 }
2786
2787 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2788
2789 void
2790 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2791 {
2792 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2793
2794 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2795 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
2796 bl->inserted = 0;
2797 }
2798
2799 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2800 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2801
2802 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2803 between runs.
2804
2805 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2806 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2807 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2808
2809
2810
2811 void
2812 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
2813 {
2814 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2815 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2816 int ix;
2817 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
2818
2819 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2820 nothing to do. */
2821 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))
2822 return;
2823
2824 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2825 {
2826 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2827 if (bl->pspace == pspace
2828 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
2829 bl->inserted = 0;
2830 }
2831
2832 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2833 {
2834 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
2835 continue;
2836
2837 switch (b->type)
2838 {
2839 case bp_call_dummy:
2840
2841 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2842 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
2843 rid of it. */
2844
2845 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
2846
2847 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2848
2849 case bp_shlib_event:
2850
2851 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
2852 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
2853 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
2854 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
2855 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
2856
2857 (gdb) file prog-linux
2858 (gdb) run # native linux target
2859 ...
2860 (gdb) kill
2861 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
2862 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
2863 */
2864
2865 delete_breakpoint (b);
2866 break;
2867
2868 case bp_watchpoint:
2869 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
2870 case bp_read_watchpoint:
2871 case bp_access_watchpoint:
2872 {
2873 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
2874
2875 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2876 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
2877 delete_breakpoint (b);
2878 else if (context == inf_starting)
2879 {
2880 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
2881 insert_breakpoints. */
2882 if (w->val)
2883 value_free (w->val);
2884 w->val = NULL;
2885 w->val_valid = 0;
2886 }
2887 }
2888 break;
2889 default:
2890 break;
2891 }
2892 }
2893
2894 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2895 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
2896 decref_bp_location (&bl);
2897 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
2898 }
2899
2900 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2901 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2902 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2903 match, not program space. */
2904
2905 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2906 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2907 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2908 permanent breakpoint.
2909 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2910 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2911 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
2912 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2913 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2914
2915 enum breakpoint_here
2916 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2917 {
2918 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2919 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
2920
2921 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2922 {
2923 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2924 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2925 continue;
2926
2927 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2928 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2929 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2930 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2931 {
2932 if (overlay_debugging
2933 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2934 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2935 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2936 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2937 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
2938 else
2939 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
2940 }
2941 }
2942
2943 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
2944 }
2945
2946 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2947
2948 int
2949 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2950 {
2951 struct bp_location *loc;
2952 int ix;
2953
2954 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
2955 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
2956 return 1;
2957
2958 return 0;
2959 }
2960
2961 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2962 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
2963 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
2964 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2965
2966 int
2967 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
2968 CORE_ADDR pc)
2969 {
2970 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2971
2972 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2973 {
2974 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2975 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2976 continue;
2977
2978 if (bl->inserted
2979 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2980 {
2981 if (overlay_debugging
2982 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2983 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2984 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2985 else
2986 return 1;
2987 }
2988 }
2989 return 0;
2990 }
2991
2992 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2993 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2994
2995 int
2996 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2997 {
2998 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2999 return 1;
3000
3001 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3002 return 1;
3003
3004 return 0;
3005 }
3006
3007 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3008 inserted at PC. */
3009
3010 int
3011 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3012 CORE_ADDR pc)
3013 {
3014 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3015
3016 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3017 {
3018 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
3019 continue;
3020
3021 if (bl->inserted
3022 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3023 aspace, pc))
3024 {
3025 if (overlay_debugging
3026 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3027 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3028 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3029 else
3030 return 1;
3031 }
3032 }
3033
3034 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3035 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3036 return 1;
3037
3038 return 0;
3039 }
3040
3041 int
3042 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
3043 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
3044 {
3045 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3046
3047 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3048 {
3049 struct bp_location *loc;
3050
3051 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
3052 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
3053 continue;
3054
3055 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3056 continue;
3057
3058 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3059 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
3060 {
3061 CORE_ADDR l, h;
3062
3063 /* Check for intersection. */
3064 l = max (loc->address, addr);
3065 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
3066 if (l < h)
3067 return 1;
3068 }
3069 }
3070 return 0;
3071 }
3072
3073 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3074 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3075
3076 int
3077 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
3078 ptid_t ptid)
3079 {
3080 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3081 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
3082 int thread = -1;
3083 int task = 0;
3084
3085 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3086 {
3087 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3088 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3089 continue;
3090
3091 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3092 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3093 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3094 continue;
3095
3096 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3097 continue;
3098
3099 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
3100 {
3101 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3102 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
3103 it is now time to do so. */
3104 if (thread == -1)
3105 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
3106 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
3107 continue;
3108 }
3109
3110 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
3111 {
3112 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3113 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
3114 it is now time to do so. */
3115 if (task == 0)
3116 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
3117 if (bl->owner->task != task)
3118 continue;
3119 }
3120
3121 if (overlay_debugging
3122 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3123 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3124 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3125
3126 return 1;
3127 }
3128
3129 return 0;
3130 }
3131 \f
3132
3133 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
3134 in breakpoint.h. */
3135
3136 int
3137 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
3138 {
3139 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
3140 }
3141
3142 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
3143 'next' chain. */
3144
3145 static void
3146 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
3147 {
3148 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3149 value_free (bs->old_val);
3150 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3151 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
3152 xfree (bs);
3153 }
3154
3155 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
3156 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
3157
3158 void
3159 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
3160 {
3161 bpstat p;
3162 bpstat q;
3163
3164 if (bsp == 0)
3165 return;
3166 p = *bsp;
3167 while (p != NULL)
3168 {
3169 q = p->next;
3170 bpstat_free (p);
3171 p = q;
3172 }
3173 *bsp = NULL;
3174 }
3175
3176 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
3177 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
3178
3179 bpstat
3180 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
3181 {
3182 bpstat p = NULL;
3183 bpstat tmp;
3184 bpstat retval = NULL;
3185
3186 if (bs == NULL)
3187 return bs;
3188
3189 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3190 {
3191 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
3192 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
3193 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
3194 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
3195 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3196 {
3197 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
3198 release_value (tmp->old_val);
3199 }
3200
3201 if (p == NULL)
3202 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
3203 retval = tmp;
3204 else
3205 p->next = tmp;
3206 p = tmp;
3207 }
3208 p->next = NULL;
3209 return retval;
3210 }
3211
3212 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
3213
3214 bpstat
3215 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
3216 {
3217 if (bsp == NULL)
3218 return NULL;
3219
3220 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
3221 {
3222 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
3223 return bsp;
3224 }
3225 return NULL;
3226 }
3227
3228 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
3229 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
3230 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
3231 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
3232
3233 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
3234 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
3235 we set it.
3236 Return 1 otherwise. */
3237
3238 int
3239 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
3240 {
3241 struct breakpoint *b;
3242
3243 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
3244 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
3245
3246 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
3247 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
3248 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
3249 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
3250 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
3251 if (b == NULL)
3252 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
3253
3254 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
3255 return 1;
3256 }
3257
3258 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3259
3260 void
3261 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
3262 {
3263 struct thread_info *tp;
3264 bpstat bs;
3265
3266 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3267 return;
3268
3269 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
3270 if (tp == NULL)
3271 return;
3272
3273 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3274 {
3275 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3276
3277 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3278 {
3279 value_free (bs->old_val);
3280 bs->old_val = NULL;
3281 }
3282 }
3283 }
3284
3285 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
3286
3287 static void
3288 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
3289 {
3290 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3291 {
3292 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
3293
3294 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
3295 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
3296 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
3297 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
3298 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
3299 return;
3300 }
3301
3302 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
3303 }
3304
3305 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
3306 command. */
3307 static void
3308 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
3309 {
3310 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
3311 }
3312
3313 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
3314 or its equivalent. */
3315
3316 static int
3317 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
3318 {
3319 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
3320 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
3321 }
3322
3323 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
3324 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
3325 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
3326 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
3327
3328 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
3329 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
3330 bpstat of the current thread. */
3331
3332 static int
3333 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
3334 {
3335 bpstat bs;
3336 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3337 int again = 0;
3338
3339 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
3340 in bs->commands. */
3341 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
3342 return 0;
3343
3344 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
3345 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
3346
3347 prevent_dont_repeat ();
3348
3349 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
3350 bs = *bsp;
3351
3352 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
3353 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3354 {
3355 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
3356 struct command_line *cmd;
3357 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
3358
3359 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
3360
3361 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
3362 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
3363 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
3364 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
3365 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
3366 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
3367 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
3368 the tree when we're done. */
3369 ccmd = bs->commands;
3370 bs->commands = NULL;
3371 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
3372 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
3373 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
3374 {
3375 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
3376 cmd = cmd->next;
3377 }
3378
3379 while (cmd != NULL)
3380 {
3381 execute_control_command (cmd);
3382
3383 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3384 break;
3385 else
3386 cmd = cmd->next;
3387 }
3388
3389 /* We can free this command tree now. */
3390 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
3391
3392 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3393 {
3394 if (target_can_async_p ())
3395 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
3396 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
3397 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
3398 ;
3399 else
3400 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
3401 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
3402 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
3403 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
3404 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
3405 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
3406 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
3407 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
3408 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
3409 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
3410 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
3411 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
3412 with the new stop_bpstat. */
3413 again = 1;
3414 break;
3415 }
3416 }
3417 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3418 return again;
3419 }
3420
3421 void
3422 bpstat_do_actions (void)
3423 {
3424 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
3425
3426 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
3427 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
3428 && target_has_execution
3429 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
3430 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
3431 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
3432 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
3433 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
3434 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
3435 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
3436 break;
3437
3438 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
3439 }
3440
3441 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
3442
3443 static void
3444 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
3445 {
3446 if (val == NULL)
3447 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
3448 else
3449 {
3450 struct value_print_options opts;
3451 get_user_print_options (&opts);
3452 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
3453 }
3454 }
3455
3456 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
3457 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
3458 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
3459 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
3460 normal_stop(). */
3461
3462 static enum print_stop_action
3463 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
3464 {
3465 switch (bs->print_it)
3466 {
3467 case print_it_noop:
3468 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
3469 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3470 break;
3471
3472 case print_it_done:
3473 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3474 relevant messages. */
3475 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
3476 break;
3477
3478 case print_it_normal:
3479 {
3480 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3481
3482 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
3483 which has since been deleted. */
3484 if (b == NULL)
3485 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3486
3487 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
3488 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
3489 }
3490 break;
3491
3492 default:
3493 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3494 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3495 break;
3496 }
3497 }
3498
3499 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
3500
3501 static void
3502 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
3503 {
3504 int any_deleted
3505 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
3506 int any_added
3507 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
3508
3509 if (!is_catchpoint)
3510 {
3511 if (any_added || any_deleted)
3512 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
3513 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
3514 else
3515 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
3516 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
3517 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
3518 }
3519
3520 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
3521 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
3522 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
3523
3524 if (any_deleted)
3525 {
3526 struct cleanup *cleanup;
3527 char *name;
3528 int ix;
3529
3530 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
3531 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
3532 "removed");
3533 for (ix = 0;
3534 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
3535 ix, name);
3536 ++ix)
3537 {
3538 if (ix > 0)
3539 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
3540 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
3541 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
3542 }
3543
3544 do_cleanups (cleanup);
3545 }
3546
3547 if (any_added)
3548 {
3549 struct so_list *iter;
3550 int ix;
3551 struct cleanup *cleanup;
3552
3553 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
3554 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
3555 "added");
3556 for (ix = 0;
3557 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
3558 ix, iter);
3559 ++ix)
3560 {
3561 if (ix > 0)
3562 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
3563 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
3564 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
3565 }
3566
3567 do_cleanups (cleanup);
3568 }
3569 }
3570
3571 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
3572 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
3573 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
3574 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
3575 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
3576 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
3577 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
3578 routine is one of:
3579
3580 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
3581 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
3582 code to print the location. An example is
3583 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3584 the location.
3585 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3586 to also print the location part of the message.
3587 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3588 don't require a location appended to the end.
3589 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3590 further info to be printed. */
3591
3592 enum print_stop_action
3593 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
3594 {
3595 int val;
3596
3597 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3598 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3599 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3600 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
3601 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
3602 {
3603 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
3604 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3605 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3606 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
3607 return val;
3608 }
3609
3610 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
3611 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
3612 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
3613 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
3614 {
3615 print_solib_event (0);
3616 return PRINT_NOTHING;
3617 }
3618
3619 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3620 with and nothing was printed. */
3621 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3622 }
3623
3624 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
3625 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3626 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
3627 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
3628
3629 static int
3630 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
3631 {
3632 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
3633 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
3634
3635 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3636 return i;
3637 }
3638
3639 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
3640
3641 static bpstat
3642 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
3643 {
3644 bpstat bs;
3645
3646 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
3647 bs->next = NULL;
3648 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
3649 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
3650 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
3651 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
3652 incref_bp_location (bl);
3653 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3654 bs->commands = NULL;
3655 bs->old_val = NULL;
3656 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
3657 return bs;
3658 }
3659 \f
3660 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3661 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3662
3663 int
3664 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
3665 {
3666 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3667 CORE_ADDR addr;
3668 struct breakpoint *b;
3669
3670 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
3671 {
3672 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3673 as not triggered. */
3674 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3675 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3676 {
3677 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3678
3679 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3680 }
3681
3682 return 0;
3683 }
3684
3685 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
3686 {
3687 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3688 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3689 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3690 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3691 {
3692 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3693
3694 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
3695 }
3696
3697 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
3698 }
3699
3700 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3701 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3702 triggered. */
3703
3704 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3705 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3706 {
3707 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3708 struct bp_location *loc;
3709
3710 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3711 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3712 {
3713 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
3714 {
3715 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
3716 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
3717
3718 if (newaddr == start)
3719 {
3720 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3721 break;
3722 }
3723 }
3724 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
3725 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
3726 addr, loc->address,
3727 loc->length))
3728 {
3729 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3730 break;
3731 }
3732 }
3733 }
3734
3735 return 1;
3736 }
3737
3738 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3739 because of check_errors). */
3740 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3741 #define WP_DELETED 1
3742 /* The value has changed. */
3743 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3744 /* The value has not changed. */
3745 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3746 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
3747 #define WP_IGNORE 4
3748
3749 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3750 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3751
3752 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
3753 changed.
3754
3755 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
3756 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
3757
3758 static int
3759 watchpoint_check (void *p)
3760 {
3761 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
3762 struct watchpoint *b;
3763 struct frame_info *fr;
3764 int within_current_scope;
3765
3766 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
3767 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
3768 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
3769
3770 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3771 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3772 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
3773 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
3774 return WP_IGNORE;
3775
3776 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
3777 within_current_scope = 1;
3778 else
3779 {
3780 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
3781 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
3782 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
3783
3784 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
3785 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
3786 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
3787 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
3788 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
3789 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
3790 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
3791 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
3792 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
3793 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
3794 return WP_IGNORE;
3795
3796 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
3797 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
3798
3799 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3800 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3801 if (within_current_scope)
3802 {
3803 struct symbol *function;
3804
3805 function = get_frame_function (fr);
3806 if (function == NULL
3807 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
3808 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
3809 within_current_scope = 0;
3810 }
3811
3812 if (within_current_scope)
3813 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3814 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3815 the user. */
3816 select_frame (fr);
3817 }
3818
3819 if (within_current_scope)
3820 {
3821 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
3822 time before we return to the command level and call
3823 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
3824 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3825
3826 int pc = 0;
3827 struct value *mark;
3828 struct value *new_val;
3829
3830 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
3831 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
3832 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
3833 a mask watchpoint. */
3834 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
3835
3836 mark = value_mark ();
3837 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
3838
3839 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
3840 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
3841 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
3842 not what we want. */
3843 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
3844 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
3845 {
3846 if (new_val != NULL)
3847 {
3848 release_value (new_val);
3849 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3850 }
3851 bs->old_val = b->val;
3852 b->val = new_val;
3853 b->val_valid = 1;
3854 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
3855 }
3856 else
3857 {
3858 /* Nothing changed. */
3859 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3860 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
3861 }
3862 }
3863 else
3864 {
3865 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
3866
3867 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3868 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3869 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3870 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3871 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3872 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3873 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3874 the first value assigned). */
3875 /* We print all the stop information in
3876 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
3877 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
3878 already. So we have no choice but print the information
3879 here. */
3880 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3881 ui_out_field_string
3882 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
3883 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
3884 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
3885 ui_out_text (uiout,
3886 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3887 which its expression is valid.\n");
3888
3889 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
3890 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
3891 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
3892
3893 return WP_DELETED;
3894 }
3895 }
3896
3897 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3898 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
3899 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3900
3901 static int
3902 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
3903 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
3904 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
3905 {
3906 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
3907
3908 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
3909 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3910
3911 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
3912 }
3913
3914 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
3915 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
3916
3917 static void
3918 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
3919 {
3920 const struct bp_location *bl;
3921 struct watchpoint *b;
3922
3923 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
3924 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
3925 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
3926 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
3927 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3928
3929 {
3930 int must_check_value = 0;
3931
3932 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
3933 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3934 watched value. */
3935 must_check_value = 1;
3936 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
3937 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3938 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3939 this watchpoint. */
3940 must_check_value = 1;
3941 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
3942 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
3943 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3944 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3945 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3946 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3947 must_check_value = 1;
3948
3949 if (must_check_value)
3950 {
3951 char *message
3952 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3953 b->base.number);
3954 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
3955 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
3956 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
3957 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3958 switch (e)
3959 {
3960 case WP_DELETED:
3961 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3962 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
3963 /* Stop. */
3964 break;
3965 case WP_IGNORE:
3966 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3967 bs->stop = 0;
3968 break;
3969 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
3970 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
3971 {
3972 /* There are two cases to consider here:
3973
3974 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
3975 In that case, trust the target, and always report
3976 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
3977 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
3978 have changed since the last time it was read, and
3979 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
3980 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
3981 old value.
3982
3983 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
3984 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
3985 happen:
3986
3987 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
3988 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
3989 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
3990 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
3991
3992 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
3993 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
3994 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
3995 watchpoint.
3996
3997 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
3998 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
3999 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4000 changes. This still gives false positives when
4001 the program writes the same value to memory as
4002 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4003 it for a read), but it's much better than
4004 nothing. */
4005
4006 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
4007
4008 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
4009 {
4010 struct breakpoint *other_b;
4011
4012 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
4013 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4014 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4015 {
4016 struct watchpoint *other_w =
4017 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
4018
4019 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
4020 == watch_triggered_yes)
4021 {
4022 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
4023 break;
4024 }
4025 }
4026 }
4027
4028 if (other_write_watchpoint
4029 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
4030 {
4031 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4032 and the value changed since the last time we
4033 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4034 Ignore it. */
4035 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4036 bs->stop = 0;
4037 }
4038 }
4039 break;
4040 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
4041 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4042 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4043 {
4044 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4045 the value hasn't changed. */
4046 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4047 bs->stop = 0;
4048 }
4049 /* Stop. */
4050 break;
4051 default:
4052 /* Can't happen. */
4053 case 0:
4054 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4055 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
4056 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4057 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4058 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4059 break;
4060 }
4061 }
4062 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
4063 {
4064 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
4065 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
4066 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
4067 anything for this watchpoint. */
4068 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4069 bs->stop = 0;
4070 }
4071 }
4072 }
4073
4074
4075 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
4076 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
4077 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
4078
4079 static void
4080 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
4081 {
4082 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4083 const struct bp_location *bl;
4084 struct breakpoint *b;
4085
4086 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4087 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4088 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4089 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4090 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4091
4092 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
4093 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
4094 bs->stop = 0;
4095 else if (bs->stop)
4096 {
4097 int value_is_zero = 0;
4098 struct expression *cond;
4099
4100 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
4101 method implemented. */
4102 if (b->py_bp_object)
4103 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
4104
4105 if (is_watchpoint (b))
4106 {
4107 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4108
4109 cond = w->cond_exp;
4110 }
4111 else
4112 cond = bl->cond;
4113
4114 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
4115 {
4116 int within_current_scope = 1;
4117 struct watchpoint * w;
4118
4119 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
4120 be a long time before we return to the command level and
4121 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
4122 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
4123 function call. */
4124 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4125
4126 if (is_watchpoint (b))
4127 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4128 else
4129 w = NULL;
4130
4131 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
4132 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
4133 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
4134 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
4135 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
4136 call site. */
4137 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
4138 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
4139 else
4140 {
4141 struct frame_info *frame;
4142
4143 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
4144 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
4145 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
4146 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
4147 really matter which instantiation of the function
4148 where the condition makes sense triggers the
4149 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
4150 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
4151 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
4152 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
4153 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
4154 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
4155 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
4156 intuitive. */
4157 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
4158 if (frame != NULL)
4159 select_frame (frame);
4160 else
4161 within_current_scope = 0;
4162 }
4163 if (within_current_scope)
4164 value_is_zero
4165 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
4166 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
4167 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4168 else
4169 {
4170 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
4171 "in the current scope"));
4172 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
4173 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
4174 value_is_zero = 0;
4175 }
4176 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
4177 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4178 }
4179
4180 if (cond && value_is_zero)
4181 {
4182 bs->stop = 0;
4183 }
4184 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
4185 {
4186 bs->stop = 0;
4187 }
4188 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
4189 {
4190 b->ignore_count--;
4191 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
4192 bs->stop = 0;
4193 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
4194 ++(b->hit_count);
4195 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4196 }
4197 }
4198 }
4199
4200
4201 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
4202 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
4203
4204 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
4205 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
4206 that:
4207
4208 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
4209
4210 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
4211
4212 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
4213 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
4214 several reasons concurrently.)
4215
4216 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
4217 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
4218
4219 bpstat
4220 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
4221 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
4222 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4223 {
4224 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
4225 struct bp_location *bl;
4226 struct bp_location *loc;
4227 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
4228 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
4229 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
4230 bpstat bs;
4231 int ix;
4232 int need_remove_insert;
4233 int removed_any;
4234
4235 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
4236 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
4237 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
4238 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
4239 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
4240 inferior function calls. */
4241
4242 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4243 {
4244 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4245 continue;
4246
4247 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
4248 {
4249 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
4250 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
4251 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
4252 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
4253 checked all locations already. */
4254 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
4255 break;
4256
4257 if (bl->shlib_disabled)
4258 continue;
4259
4260 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
4261 continue;
4262
4263 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
4264 matches. */
4265
4266 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
4267 explain stop. */
4268
4269 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
4270 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
4271 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
4272 bs->stop = 1;
4273 bs->print = 1;
4274
4275 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
4276 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
4277 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
4278 iteration. */
4279 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
4280 {
4281 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
4282
4283 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4284 }
4285 }
4286 }
4287
4288 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4289 {
4290 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
4291 {
4292 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
4293 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
4294 bs->stop = 0;
4295 bs->print = 0;
4296 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4297 }
4298 }
4299
4300 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
4301 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
4302 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
4303 "catch unload". */
4304 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4305 {
4306 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
4307 {
4308 handle_solib_event ();
4309 break;
4310 }
4311 }
4312
4313 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
4314 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
4315 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
4316
4317 removed_any = 0;
4318
4319 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4320 {
4321 if (!bs->stop)
4322 continue;
4323
4324 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4325 b->ops->check_status (bs);
4326 if (bs->stop)
4327 {
4328 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
4329
4330 if (bs->stop)
4331 {
4332 ++(b->hit_count);
4333 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4334
4335 /* We will stop here. */
4336 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
4337 {
4338 if (b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4339 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4340 removed_any = 1;
4341 }
4342 if (b->silent)
4343 bs->print = 0;
4344 bs->commands = b->commands;
4345 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
4346 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
4347 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
4348 bs->print = 0;
4349 }
4350
4351 }
4352
4353 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
4354 print. */
4355 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
4356 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4357 }
4358
4359 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
4360 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
4361 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
4362 done later. */
4363 need_remove_insert = 0;
4364 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
4365 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4366 if (!bs->stop
4367 && bs->breakpoint_at
4368 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
4369 {
4370 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4371
4372 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
4373 need_remove_insert = 1;
4374 }
4375
4376 if (need_remove_insert)
4377 update_global_location_list (1);
4378 else if (removed_any)
4379 update_global_location_list (0);
4380
4381 return bs_head;
4382 }
4383
4384 static void
4385 handle_jit_event (void)
4386 {
4387 struct frame_info *frame;
4388 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
4389
4390 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4391 breakpoint_re_set. */
4392 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4393
4394 frame = get_current_frame ();
4395 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4396
4397 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
4398
4399 target_terminal_inferior ();
4400 }
4401
4402 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
4403
4404 void
4405 handle_solib_event (void)
4406 {
4407 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace);
4408
4409 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
4410 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
4411 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
4412 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4413 #ifdef SOLIB_ADD
4414 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
4415 #else
4416 solib_add (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
4417 #endif
4418 target_terminal_inferior ();
4419 }
4420
4421 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
4422
4423 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
4424
4425 struct bpstat_what
4426 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
4427 {
4428 struct bpstat_what retval;
4429 int jit_event = 0;
4430 bpstat bs;
4431
4432 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4433 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
4434 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
4435
4436 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4437 {
4438 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
4439 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
4440 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4441 enum bptype bptype;
4442
4443 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4444 {
4445 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
4446 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
4447 bptype = bp_none;
4448 }
4449 else
4450 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
4451
4452 switch (bptype)
4453 {
4454 case bp_none:
4455 break;
4456 case bp_breakpoint:
4457 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4458 case bp_until:
4459 case bp_finish:
4460 case bp_shlib_event:
4461 if (bs->stop)
4462 {
4463 if (bs->print)
4464 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4465 else
4466 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4467 }
4468 else
4469 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4470 break;
4471 case bp_watchpoint:
4472 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4473 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4474 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4475 if (bs->stop)
4476 {
4477 if (bs->print)
4478 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4479 else
4480 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4481 }
4482 else
4483 {
4484 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4485 This requires no further action. */
4486 }
4487 break;
4488 case bp_longjmp:
4489 case bp_exception:
4490 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4491 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp;
4492 break;
4493 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4494 case bp_exception_resume:
4495 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4496 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
4497 break;
4498 case bp_step_resume:
4499 if (bs->stop)
4500 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
4501 else
4502 {
4503 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4504 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4505 }
4506 break;
4507 case bp_hp_step_resume:
4508 if (bs->stop)
4509 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
4510 else
4511 {
4512 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4513 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4514 }
4515 break;
4516 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4517 case bp_thread_event:
4518 case bp_overlay_event:
4519 case bp_longjmp_master:
4520 case bp_std_terminate_master:
4521 case bp_exception_master:
4522 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4523 break;
4524 case bp_catchpoint:
4525 if (bs->stop)
4526 {
4527 if (bs->print)
4528 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4529 else
4530 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4531 }
4532 else
4533 {
4534 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4535 This requires no further action. */
4536 }
4537 break;
4538 case bp_jit_event:
4539 jit_event = 1;
4540 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4541 break;
4542 case bp_call_dummy:
4543 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4544 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4545 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
4546 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4547 break;
4548 case bp_std_terminate:
4549 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4550 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4551 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
4552 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4553 break;
4554 case bp_tracepoint:
4555 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4556 case bp_static_tracepoint:
4557 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
4558 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
4559 out already. */
4560 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4561 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
4562 break;
4563 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4564 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
4565 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4566 break;
4567 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4568 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
4569 PC of the former breakpoint. */
4570 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4571 break;
4572 default:
4573 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4574 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
4575 }
4576
4577 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
4578 }
4579
4580 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
4581 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
4582
4583 if (jit_event)
4584 {
4585 if (debug_infrun)
4586 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
4587
4588 handle_jit_event ();
4589 }
4590
4591 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4592 {
4593 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4594
4595 if (b == NULL)
4596 continue;
4597 switch (b->type)
4598 {
4599 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4600 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
4601 break;
4602 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4603 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
4604 break;
4605 }
4606 }
4607
4608 return retval;
4609 }
4610
4611 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
4612 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
4613 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
4614
4615 int
4616 bpstat_should_step (void)
4617 {
4618 struct breakpoint *b;
4619
4620 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4621 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
4622 return 1;
4623 return 0;
4624 }
4625
4626 int
4627 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
4628 {
4629 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4630 if (bs->stop)
4631 return 1;
4632
4633 return 0;
4634 }
4635
4636 \f
4637
4638 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
4639 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
4640 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
4641
4642 static char *
4643 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
4644 {
4645 static char wrap_indent[80];
4646 int i, total_width, width, align;
4647 char *text;
4648
4649 total_width = 0;
4650 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
4651 {
4652 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
4653 {
4654 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
4655 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
4656 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
4657
4658 return wrap_indent;
4659 }
4660
4661 total_width += width + 1;
4662 }
4663
4664 return NULL;
4665 }
4666
4667 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
4668
4669 static void
4670 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4671 struct bp_location *loc)
4672 {
4673 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4674 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
4675
4676 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
4677 loc = NULL;
4678
4679 if (loc != NULL)
4680 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
4681
4682 if (b->display_canonical)
4683 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
4684 else if (loc && loc->source_file)
4685 {
4686 struct symbol *sym
4687 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
4688 if (sym)
4689 {
4690 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
4691 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
4692 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
4693 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
4694 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
4695 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
4696 }
4697 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", loc->source_file);
4698 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
4699
4700 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4701 {
4702 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
4703 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
4704
4705 if (fullname)
4706 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
4707 }
4708
4709 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
4710 }
4711 else if (loc)
4712 {
4713 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
4714 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
4715
4716 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb->stream,
4717 demangle, "");
4718 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
4719
4720 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
4721 }
4722 else
4723 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
4724
4725 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4726 }
4727
4728 static const char *
4729 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
4730 {
4731 struct ep_type_description
4732 {
4733 enum bptype type;
4734 char *description;
4735 };
4736 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
4737 {
4738 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
4739 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
4740 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
4741 {bp_until, "until"},
4742 {bp_finish, "finish"},
4743 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
4744 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
4745 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
4746 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
4747 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
4748 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
4749 {bp_exception, "exception"},
4750 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
4751 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
4752 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
4753 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
4754 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
4755 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
4756 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
4757 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
4758 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
4759 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
4760 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
4761 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
4762 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
4763 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
4764 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
4765 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
4766 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
4767 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
4768 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
4769 };
4770
4771 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
4772 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
4773 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4774 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4775 (int) type);
4776
4777 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
4778 }
4779
4780 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
4781
4782 static void
4783 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4784 struct bp_location *loc,
4785 int loc_number,
4786 struct bp_location **last_loc,
4787 int allflag)
4788 {
4789 struct command_line *l;
4790 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
4791
4792 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4793 int header_of_multiple = 0;
4794 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
4795 struct value_print_options opts;
4796
4797 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4798
4799 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
4800 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
4801 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
4802 if (loc == NULL
4803 && (b->loc != NULL
4804 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
4805 header_of_multiple = 1;
4806 if (loc == NULL)
4807 loc = b->loc;
4808
4809 annotate_record ();
4810
4811 /* 1 */
4812 annotate_field (0);
4813 if (part_of_multiple)
4814 {
4815 char *formatted;
4816 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
4817 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
4818 xfree (formatted);
4819 }
4820 else
4821 {
4822 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4823 }
4824
4825 /* 2 */
4826 annotate_field (1);
4827 if (part_of_multiple)
4828 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
4829 else
4830 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
4831
4832 /* 3 */
4833 annotate_field (2);
4834 if (part_of_multiple)
4835 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
4836 else
4837 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
4838
4839
4840 /* 4 */
4841 annotate_field (3);
4842 if (part_of_multiple)
4843 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
4844 else
4845 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
4846 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
4847 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
4848
4849
4850 /* 5 and 6 */
4851 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
4852 {
4853 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
4854 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
4855 make sure there's just one location. */
4856 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
4857 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
4858 }
4859 else
4860 switch (b->type)
4861 {
4862 case bp_none:
4863 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4864 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4865 break;
4866
4867 case bp_watchpoint:
4868 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4869 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4870 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4871 {
4872 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4873
4874 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4875 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4876 is relatively readable). */
4877 if (opts.addressprint)
4878 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
4879 annotate_field (5);
4880 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
4881 }
4882 break;
4883
4884 case bp_breakpoint:
4885 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4886 case bp_until:
4887 case bp_finish:
4888 case bp_longjmp:
4889 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4890 case bp_exception:
4891 case bp_exception_resume:
4892 case bp_step_resume:
4893 case bp_hp_step_resume:
4894 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4895 case bp_call_dummy:
4896 case bp_std_terminate:
4897 case bp_shlib_event:
4898 case bp_thread_event:
4899 case bp_overlay_event:
4900 case bp_longjmp_master:
4901 case bp_std_terminate_master:
4902 case bp_exception_master:
4903 case bp_tracepoint:
4904 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4905 case bp_static_tracepoint:
4906 case bp_jit_event:
4907 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4908 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4909 if (opts.addressprint)
4910 {
4911 annotate_field (4);
4912 if (header_of_multiple)
4913 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4914 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
4915 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4916 else
4917 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
4918 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
4919 }
4920 annotate_field (5);
4921 if (!header_of_multiple)
4922 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
4923 if (b->loc)
4924 *last_loc = b->loc;
4925 break;
4926 }
4927
4928
4929 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4930 are several. */
4931 if (loc != NULL
4932 && !header_of_multiple
4933 && (allflag
4934 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
4935 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4936 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4937 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
4938 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
4939 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint)))
4940 {
4941 struct inferior *inf;
4942 int first = 1;
4943
4944 for (inf = inferior_list; inf != NULL; inf = inf->next)
4945 {
4946 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
4947 {
4948 if (first)
4949 {
4950 first = 0;
4951 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
4952 }
4953 else
4954 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
4955 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf->num));
4956 }
4957 }
4958 }
4959
4960 if (!part_of_multiple)
4961 {
4962 if (b->thread != -1)
4963 {
4964 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4965 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4966 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
4967 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
4968 }
4969 else if (b->task != 0)
4970 {
4971 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
4972 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
4973 }
4974 }
4975
4976 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4977
4978 if (!part_of_multiple)
4979 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
4980
4981 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
4982 {
4983 annotate_field (6);
4984 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
4985 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
4986 the frame ID. */
4987 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
4988 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
4989 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4990 }
4991
4992 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
4993 {
4994 annotate_field (7);
4995 if (is_tracepoint (b))
4996 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
4997 else
4998 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
4999 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
5000 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5001 }
5002
5003 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
5004 {
5005 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5006 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
5007 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
5008 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5009 }
5010
5011 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count)
5012 {
5013 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5014 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b))
5015 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
5016 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
5017 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
5018 else
5019 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
5020 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
5021 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
5022 if (b->hit_count == 1)
5023 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
5024 else
5025 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
5026 }
5027
5028 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
5029 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
5030 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5031 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count == 0)
5032 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
5033
5034 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
5035 {
5036 annotate_field (8);
5037 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
5038 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
5039 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
5040 }
5041
5042 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
5043 {
5044 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
5045
5046 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
5047 {
5048 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
5049 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
5050 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
5051 }
5052 }
5053
5054 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
5055 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
5056 {
5057 struct cleanup *script_chain;
5058
5059 annotate_field (9);
5060 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
5061 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
5062 do_cleanups (script_chain);
5063 }
5064
5065 if (is_tracepoint (b))
5066 {
5067 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
5068
5069 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
5070 {
5071 annotate_field (10);
5072 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
5073 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
5074 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
5075 }
5076 }
5077
5078 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
5079 {
5080 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5081 {
5082 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5083
5084 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
5085 }
5086 else if (b->addr_string)
5087 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
5088 }
5089 }
5090
5091 static void
5092 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
5093 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5094 int allflag)
5095 {
5096 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
5097 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5098
5099 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
5100
5101 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
5102 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
5103
5104 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
5105 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
5106 locations, if any. */
5107 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
5108 {
5109 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
5110 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
5111 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
5112 situation.
5113
5114 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
5115 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
5116 if (b->loc
5117 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
5118 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
5119 {
5120 struct bp_location *loc;
5121 int n = 1;
5122
5123 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
5124 {
5125 struct cleanup *inner2 =
5126 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
5127 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
5128 do_cleanups (inner2);
5129 }
5130 }
5131 }
5132 }
5133
5134 static int
5135 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
5136 {
5137 int print_address_bits = 0;
5138 struct bp_location *loc;
5139
5140 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
5141 {
5142 int addr_bit;
5143
5144 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
5145 an address to print. */
5146 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
5147 continue;
5148
5149 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
5150 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5151 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5152 }
5153
5154 return print_address_bits;
5155 }
5156
5157 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
5158 {
5159 int bnum;
5160 };
5161
5162 static int
5163 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
5164 {
5165 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
5166 struct breakpoint *b;
5167 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
5168
5169 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5170 {
5171 if (args->bnum == b->number)
5172 {
5173 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
5174 return GDB_RC_OK;
5175 }
5176 }
5177 return GDB_RC_NONE;
5178 }
5179
5180 enum gdb_rc
5181 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
5182 char **error_message)
5183 {
5184 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
5185
5186 args.bnum = bnum;
5187 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
5188 an error. */
5189 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
5190 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
5191 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
5192 else
5193 return GDB_RC_OK;
5194 }
5195
5196 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
5197 internal or momentary. */
5198
5199 int
5200 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
5201 {
5202 return b->number > 0;
5203 }
5204
5205 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
5206 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
5207 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
5208 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
5209 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
5210 breakpoints listed. */
5211
5212 static int
5213 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
5214 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
5215 {
5216 struct breakpoint *b;
5217 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
5218 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
5219 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
5220 struct value_print_options opts;
5221 int print_address_bits = 0;
5222 int print_type_col_width = 14;
5223 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5224
5225 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5226
5227 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
5228 required for address fields. */
5229 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
5230 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5231 {
5232 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5233 if (filter && !filter (b))
5234 continue;
5235
5236 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5237 accept. Skip the others. */
5238 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5239 {
5240 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5241 continue;
5242 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5243 continue;
5244 }
5245
5246 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5247 {
5248 int addr_bit, type_len;
5249
5250 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
5251 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5252 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5253
5254 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
5255 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
5256 print_type_col_width = type_len;
5257
5258 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
5259 }
5260 }
5261
5262 if (opts.addressprint)
5263 bkpttbl_chain
5264 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
5265 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5266 "BreakpointTable");
5267 else
5268 bkpttbl_chain
5269 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
5270 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5271 "BreakpointTable");
5272
5273 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5274 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
5275 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5276 annotate_field (0);
5277 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
5278 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5279 annotate_field (1);
5280 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
5281 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
5282 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5283 annotate_field (2);
5284 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
5285 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5286 annotate_field (3);
5287 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
5288 if (opts.addressprint)
5289 {
5290 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5291 annotate_field (4);
5292 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
5293 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
5294 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5295 else
5296 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
5297 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5298 }
5299 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5300 annotate_field (5);
5301 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
5302 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
5303 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5304 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
5305
5306 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5307 {
5308 QUIT;
5309 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5310 if (filter && !filter (b))
5311 continue;
5312
5313 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5314 accept. Skip the others. */
5315
5316 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5317 {
5318 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
5319 {
5320 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5321 continue;
5322 }
5323 else /* all others */
5324 {
5325 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5326 continue;
5327 }
5328 }
5329 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
5330 allflag is set. */
5331 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5332 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
5333 }
5334
5335 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
5336
5337 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
5338 {
5339 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
5340 empty list. */
5341 if (!filter)
5342 {
5343 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5344 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
5345 else
5346 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
5347 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
5348 args);
5349 }
5350 }
5351 else
5352 {
5353 if (last_loc && !server_command)
5354 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
5355 }
5356
5357 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
5358 there have been breakpoints? */
5359 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
5360
5361 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
5362 }
5363
5364 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
5365 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
5366
5367 static void
5368 default_collect_info (void)
5369 {
5370 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5371
5372 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
5373 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
5374 not wanted. */
5375 if (!*default_collect)
5376 return;
5377
5378 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
5379 actions. */
5380 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
5381 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
5382 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
5383 }
5384
5385 static void
5386 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5387 {
5388 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
5389
5390 default_collect_info ();
5391 }
5392
5393 static void
5394 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5395 {
5396 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
5397 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5398
5399 if (num_printed == 0)
5400 {
5401 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5402 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
5403 else
5404 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
5405 }
5406 }
5407
5408 static void
5409 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
5410 {
5411 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
5412
5413 default_collect_info ();
5414 }
5415
5416 static int
5417 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
5418 struct program_space *pspace,
5419 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
5420 {
5421 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
5422
5423 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
5424 {
5425 if (bl->pspace == pspace
5426 && bl->address == pc
5427 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
5428 return 1;
5429 }
5430 return 0;
5431 }
5432
5433 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
5434 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
5435 address spaces. */
5436
5437 static void
5438 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5439 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
5440 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
5441 {
5442 int others = 0;
5443 struct breakpoint *b;
5444
5445 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5446 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
5447 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
5448 if (others > 0)
5449 {
5450 if (others == 1)
5451 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
5452 else /* if (others == ???) */
5453 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
5454 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5455 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
5456 {
5457 others--;
5458 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
5459 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
5460 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
5461 else if (b->thread != -1)
5462 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
5463 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
5464 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
5465 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
5466 ? " (disabled)"
5467 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
5468 ? " (permanent)"
5469 : ""),
5470 (others > 1) ? ","
5471 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
5472 }
5473 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
5474 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
5475 printf_filtered (".\n");
5476 }
5477 }
5478 \f
5479
5480 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
5481 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
5482 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
5483 (or use it for any other purpose either).
5484
5485 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
5486 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
5487 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
5488 breakpoint at address zero:
5489
5490 bp_watchpoint
5491 bp_catchpoint
5492
5493 */
5494
5495 static int
5496 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5497 {
5498 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
5499
5500 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
5501 }
5502
5503 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
5504 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
5505
5506 static int
5507 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5508 struct bp_location *loc2)
5509 {
5510 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
5511 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
5512
5513 /* Both of them must exist. */
5514 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
5515 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
5516
5517 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
5518 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
5519 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
5520 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
5521 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
5522 other watchpoint. */
5523 if ((w1->cond_exp
5524 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
5525 loc1->length,
5526 loc1->watchpoint_type,
5527 w1->cond_exp))
5528 || (w2->cond_exp
5529 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
5530 loc2->length,
5531 loc2->watchpoint_type,
5532 w2->cond_exp)))
5533 return 0;
5534
5535 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
5536 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
5537 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
5538 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
5539 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
5540 become hw_access locations later. */
5541 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
5542 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
5543 && loc1->address == loc2->address
5544 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
5545 }
5546
5547 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
5548 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
5549 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
5550 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5551
5552 static int
5553 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
5554 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
5555 {
5556 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5557 || aspace1 == aspace2)
5558 && addr1 == addr2);
5559 }
5560
5561 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
5562 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
5563 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
5564 space doesn't really matter. */
5565
5566 static int
5567 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
5568 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
5569 CORE_ADDR addr2)
5570 {
5571 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5572 || aspace1 == aspace2)
5573 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
5574 }
5575
5576 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
5577 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
5578 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
5579 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5580
5581 static int
5582 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
5583 struct address_space *aspace,
5584 CORE_ADDR addr)
5585 {
5586 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
5587 aspace, addr)
5588 || (bl->length
5589 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
5590 bl->address, bl->length,
5591 aspace, addr)));
5592 }
5593
5594 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
5595 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
5596 true, otherwise returns false. */
5597
5598 static int
5599 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5600 struct bp_location *loc2)
5601 {
5602 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
5603 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
5604 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
5605 different locations. */
5606 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
5607 else
5608 return 0;
5609 }
5610
5611 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
5612 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
5613 represent the same location. */
5614
5615 static int
5616 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5617 struct bp_location *loc2)
5618 {
5619 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
5620
5621 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5622 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
5623 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
5624
5625 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
5626 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
5627
5628 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
5629 return 0;
5630 else if (hw_point1)
5631 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
5632 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
5633 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
5634 else
5635 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
5636 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
5637 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
5638 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
5639 }
5640
5641 static void
5642 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
5643 int bnum, int have_bnum)
5644 {
5645 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
5646 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
5647 char astr1[64];
5648 char astr2[64];
5649
5650 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
5651 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
5652 if (have_bnum)
5653 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
5654 bnum, astr1, astr2);
5655 else
5656 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
5657 }
5658
5659 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
5660 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
5661 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
5662 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
5663
5664 static CORE_ADDR
5665 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5666 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
5667 {
5668 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
5669 {
5670 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
5671 return bpaddr;
5672 }
5673 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
5674 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5675 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
5676 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
5677 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
5678 {
5679 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
5680 have their addresses modified. */
5681 return bpaddr;
5682 }
5683 else
5684 {
5685 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
5686
5687 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
5688 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
5689 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
5690
5691 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
5692 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
5693 is required. */
5694 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
5695 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
5696
5697 return adjusted_bpaddr;
5698 }
5699 }
5700
5701 void
5702 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
5703 struct breakpoint *owner)
5704 {
5705 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
5706
5707 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
5708
5709 loc->ops = ops;
5710 loc->owner = owner;
5711 loc->cond = NULL;
5712 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
5713 loc->enabled = 1;
5714
5715 switch (owner->type)
5716 {
5717 case bp_breakpoint:
5718 case bp_until:
5719 case bp_finish:
5720 case bp_longjmp:
5721 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5722 case bp_exception:
5723 case bp_exception_resume:
5724 case bp_step_resume:
5725 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5726 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5727 case bp_call_dummy:
5728 case bp_std_terminate:
5729 case bp_shlib_event:
5730 case bp_thread_event:
5731 case bp_overlay_event:
5732 case bp_jit_event:
5733 case bp_longjmp_master:
5734 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5735 case bp_exception_master:
5736 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5737 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5738 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
5739 break;
5740 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5741 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
5742 break;
5743 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5744 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5745 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5746 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
5747 break;
5748 case bp_watchpoint:
5749 case bp_catchpoint:
5750 case bp_tracepoint:
5751 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5752 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5753 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
5754 break;
5755 default:
5756 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
5757 }
5758
5759 loc->refc = 1;
5760 }
5761
5762 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
5763
5764 static struct bp_location *
5765 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5766 {
5767 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
5768 }
5769
5770 static void
5771 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
5772 {
5773 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
5774 xfree (loc);
5775 }
5776
5777 /* Increment reference count. */
5778
5779 static void
5780 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
5781 {
5782 ++bl->refc;
5783 }
5784
5785 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
5786 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
5787
5788 static void
5789 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
5790 {
5791 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
5792
5793 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
5794 free_bp_location (*blp);
5795 *blp = NULL;
5796 }
5797
5798 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
5799
5800 static void
5801 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
5802 {
5803 struct breakpoint *b1;
5804
5805 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
5806 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
5807
5808 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
5809 if (b1 == 0)
5810 breakpoint_chain = b;
5811 else
5812 {
5813 while (b1->next)
5814 b1 = b1->next;
5815 b1->next = b;
5816 }
5817 }
5818
5819 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
5820
5821 static void
5822 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5823 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5824 enum bptype bptype,
5825 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5826 {
5827 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
5828
5829 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
5830
5831 b->ops = ops;
5832 b->type = bptype;
5833 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
5834 b->language = current_language->la_language;
5835 b->input_radix = input_radix;
5836 b->thread = -1;
5837 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5838 b->next = 0;
5839 b->silent = 0;
5840 b->ignore_count = 0;
5841 b->commands = NULL;
5842 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
5843 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
5844 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
5845 b->related_breakpoint = b;
5846 }
5847
5848 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
5849 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
5850
5851 static struct breakpoint *
5852 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5853 enum bptype bptype,
5854 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5855 {
5856 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
5857
5858 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
5859 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
5860 return b;
5861 }
5862
5863 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
5864 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
5865 enough. */
5866
5867 static void
5868 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
5869 {
5870 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
5871
5872 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
5873 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
5874 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
5875 {
5876 int is_gnu_ifunc;
5877
5878 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &loc->function_name,
5879 NULL, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
5880
5881 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
5882 {
5883 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
5884
5885 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
5886 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (loc->function_name,
5887 &loc->requested_address))
5888 {
5889 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
5890 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
5891 loc->requested_address,
5892 b->type);
5893 }
5894 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
5895 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
5896 {
5897 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
5898 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
5899 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
5900 }
5901 }
5902
5903 if (loc->function_name)
5904 loc->function_name = xstrdup (loc->function_name);
5905 }
5906 }
5907
5908 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
5909 struct gdbarch *
5910 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
5911 {
5912 if (sal.section)
5913 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
5914 if (sal.symtab)
5915 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
5916
5917 return NULL;
5918 }
5919
5920 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
5921 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
5922 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
5923
5924 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5925 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5926 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
5927
5928 static void
5929 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5930 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
5931 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5932 {
5933 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
5934
5935 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
5936
5937 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
5938 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
5939
5940 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
5941 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
5942 program space. */
5943 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
5944 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
5945
5946 breakpoints_changed ();
5947 }
5948
5949 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
5950 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
5951 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
5952 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
5953 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
5954 is also returned as the value of this function.
5955
5956 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5957 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5958 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
5959 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
5960 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
5961 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
5962 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
5963
5964 struct breakpoint *
5965 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5966 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
5967 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5968 {
5969 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
5970
5971 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
5972 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
5973 return b;
5974 }
5975
5976
5977 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
5978 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
5979 void
5980 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
5981 {
5982 struct bp_location *bl;
5983
5984 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
5985
5986 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
5987 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
5988 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
5989 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
5990 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
5991 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5992 bl->inserted = 1;
5993 }
5994
5995 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
5996 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
5997 initiated the operation. */
5998
5999 void
6000 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
6001 {
6002 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6003 int thread = tp->num;
6004
6005 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
6006 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
6007 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
6008 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
6009 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6010 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
6011 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
6012 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
6013 {
6014 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
6015 struct breakpoint *clone;
6016
6017 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
6018 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
6019 clone->thread = thread;
6020 }
6021
6022 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
6023 }
6024
6025 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
6026 void
6027 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
6028 {
6029 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6030
6031 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6032 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
6033 {
6034 if (b->thread == thread)
6035 delete_breakpoint (b);
6036 }
6037 }
6038
6039 void
6040 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6041 {
6042 struct breakpoint *b;
6043
6044 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6045 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
6046 {
6047 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6048 update_global_location_list (1);
6049 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
6050 }
6051 }
6052
6053 void
6054 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6055 {
6056 struct breakpoint *b;
6057
6058 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6059 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
6060 {
6061 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
6062 update_global_location_list (0);
6063 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
6064 }
6065 }
6066
6067 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
6068 master breakpoint. */
6069 void
6070 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6071 {
6072 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6073
6074 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6075 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
6076 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
6077 {
6078 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
6079 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
6080 }
6081 }
6082
6083 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
6084 void
6085 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6086 {
6087 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6088
6089 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6090 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
6091 delete_breakpoint (b);
6092 }
6093
6094 struct breakpoint *
6095 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6096 {
6097 struct breakpoint *b;
6098
6099 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
6100 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6101
6102 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6103 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
6104 b->addr_string
6105 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
6106
6107 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6108
6109 return b;
6110 }
6111
6112 void
6113 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
6114 {
6115 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6116
6117 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6118 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
6119 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6120 delete_breakpoint (b);
6121 }
6122
6123 struct lang_and_radix
6124 {
6125 enum language lang;
6126 int radix;
6127 };
6128
6129 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
6130
6131 struct breakpoint *
6132 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6133 {
6134 struct breakpoint *b;
6135
6136 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
6137 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6138 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6139 return b;
6140 }
6141
6142 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
6143
6144 void
6145 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
6146 {
6147 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6148
6149 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6150 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
6151 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6152 delete_breakpoint (b);
6153 }
6154
6155 void
6156 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
6157 {
6158 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6159
6160 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6161 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
6162 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6163 delete_breakpoint (b);
6164 }
6165
6166 struct breakpoint *
6167 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6168 {
6169 struct breakpoint *b;
6170
6171 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
6172 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6173 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6174 return b;
6175 }
6176
6177 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
6178 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
6179
6180 void
6181 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
6182 {
6183 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6184
6185 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6186 {
6187 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6188 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6189
6190 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
6191 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
6192 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
6193 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
6194 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
6195 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
6196 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
6197 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6198 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
6199 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
6200 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6201 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
6202 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
6203 #else
6204 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
6205 #endif
6206 )
6207 {
6208 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6209 }
6210 }
6211 }
6212
6213 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
6214 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
6215 disabled. */
6216
6217 static void
6218 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
6219 {
6220 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6221 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
6222
6223 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
6224 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
6225 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
6226 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
6227 if (exec_bfd != NULL
6228 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
6229 return;
6230
6231 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6232 {
6233 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6234 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6235
6236 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
6237 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6238 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
6239 || b->type == bp_jit_event
6240 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6241 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
6242 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
6243 || is_tracepoint (b))
6244 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
6245 {
6246 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6247 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
6248 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
6249 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
6250 loc->inserted = 0;
6251
6252 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
6253 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
6254
6255 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
6256 {
6257 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
6258 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
6259 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
6260 solib->so_name);
6261 }
6262 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
6263 }
6264 }
6265 }
6266
6267 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
6268
6269 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
6270 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
6271 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
6272 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6273 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6274
6275 struct fork_catchpoint
6276 {
6277 /* The base class. */
6278 struct breakpoint base;
6279
6280 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
6281 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
6282 catchpoint has triggered. */
6283 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
6284 };
6285
6286 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6287 catchpoints. */
6288
6289 static int
6290 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6291 {
6292 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6293 }
6294
6295 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6296 catchpoints. */
6297
6298 static int
6299 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6300 {
6301 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6302 }
6303
6304 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6305 catchpoints. */
6306
6307 static int
6308 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
6309 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
6310 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
6311 {
6312 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6313
6314 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
6315 return 0;
6316
6317 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
6318 return 1;
6319 }
6320
6321 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6322 catchpoints. */
6323
6324 static enum print_stop_action
6325 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
6326 {
6327 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6328 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6329 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
6330
6331 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6332 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6333 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6334 else
6335 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6336 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6337 {
6338 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6339 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
6340 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6341 }
6342 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6343 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
6344 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6345 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
6346 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6347 }
6348
6349 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6350 catchpoints. */
6351
6352 static void
6353 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6354 {
6355 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6356 struct value_print_options opts;
6357 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6358
6359 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6360
6361 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6362 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6363 readable). */
6364 if (opts.addressprint)
6365 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6366 annotate_field (5);
6367 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
6368 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
6369 {
6370 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
6371 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
6372 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6373 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
6374 }
6375 }
6376
6377 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6378 catchpoints. */
6379
6380 static void
6381 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
6382 {
6383 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
6384 }
6385
6386 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6387 catchpoints. */
6388
6389 static void
6390 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6391 {
6392 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
6393 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6394 }
6395
6396 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
6397
6398 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
6399
6400 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6401 catchpoints. */
6402
6403 static int
6404 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
6405 {
6406 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6407 }
6408
6409 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6410 catchpoints. */
6411
6412 static int
6413 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
6414 {
6415 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6416 }
6417
6418 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6419 catchpoints. */
6420
6421 static int
6422 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
6423 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
6424 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
6425 {
6426 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6427
6428 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
6429 return 0;
6430
6431 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
6432 return 1;
6433 }
6434
6435 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6436 catchpoints. */
6437
6438 static enum print_stop_action
6439 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
6440 {
6441 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6442 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6443 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6444
6445 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6446 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6447 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6448 else
6449 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6450 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6451 {
6452 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6453 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
6454 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6455 }
6456 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6457 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
6458 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6459 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
6460 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6461 }
6462
6463 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6464 catchpoints. */
6465
6466 static void
6467 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6468 {
6469 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6470 struct value_print_options opts;
6471 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6472
6473 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6474 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6475 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6476 readable). */
6477 if (opts.addressprint)
6478 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6479 annotate_field (5);
6480 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
6481 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
6482 {
6483 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
6484 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
6485 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6486 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
6487 }
6488 }
6489
6490 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6491 catchpoints. */
6492
6493 static void
6494 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
6495 {
6496 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
6497 }
6498
6499 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6500 catchpoints. */
6501
6502 static void
6503 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6504 {
6505 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
6506 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6507 }
6508
6509 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
6510
6511 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
6512
6513 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
6514 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
6515 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
6516 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6517 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6518
6519 struct solib_catchpoint
6520 {
6521 /* The base class. */
6522 struct breakpoint base;
6523
6524 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
6525 unsigned char is_load;
6526
6527 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
6528 REGEX is non-NULL. */
6529 char *regex;
6530 regex_t compiled;
6531 };
6532
6533 static void
6534 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
6535 {
6536 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
6537
6538 if (self->regex)
6539 regfree (&self->compiled);
6540 xfree (self->regex);
6541
6542 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
6543 }
6544
6545 static int
6546 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
6547 {
6548 return 0;
6549 }
6550
6551 static int
6552 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
6553 {
6554 return 0;
6555 }
6556
6557 static int
6558 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
6559 struct address_space *aspace,
6560 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
6561 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
6562 {
6563 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6564 struct breakpoint *other;
6565
6566 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
6567 return 1;
6568
6569 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
6570 {
6571 struct bp_location *other_bl;
6572
6573 if (other == bl->owner)
6574 continue;
6575
6576 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
6577 continue;
6578
6579 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
6580 continue;
6581
6582 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
6583 {
6584 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
6585 return 1;
6586 }
6587 }
6588
6589 return 0;
6590 }
6591
6592 static void
6593 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
6594 {
6595 struct solib_catchpoint *self
6596 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
6597 int ix;
6598
6599 if (self->is_load)
6600 {
6601 struct so_list *iter;
6602
6603 for (ix = 0;
6604 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
6605 ix, iter);
6606 ++ix)
6607 {
6608 if (!self->regex
6609 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
6610 return;
6611 }
6612 }
6613 else
6614 {
6615 char *iter;
6616
6617 for (ix = 0;
6618 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
6619 ix, iter);
6620 ++ix)
6621 {
6622 if (!self->regex
6623 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
6624 return;
6625 }
6626 }
6627
6628 bs->stop = 0;
6629 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
6630 }
6631
6632 static enum print_stop_action
6633 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
6634 {
6635 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6636 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6637
6638 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6639 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6640 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6641 else
6642 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6643 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6644 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6645 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6646 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6647 print_solib_event (1);
6648 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6649 }
6650
6651 static void
6652 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
6653 {
6654 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
6655 struct value_print_options opts;
6656 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6657 char *msg;
6658
6659 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6660 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6661 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6662 readable). */
6663 if (opts.addressprint)
6664 {
6665 annotate_field (4);
6666 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6667 }
6668
6669 annotate_field (5);
6670 if (self->is_load)
6671 {
6672 if (self->regex)
6673 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
6674 else
6675 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
6676 }
6677 else
6678 {
6679 if (self->regex)
6680 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
6681 else
6682 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
6683 }
6684 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
6685 xfree (msg);
6686 }
6687
6688 static void
6689 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
6690 {
6691 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
6692
6693 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
6694 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
6695 }
6696
6697 static void
6698 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6699 {
6700 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
6701
6702 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
6703 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
6704 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
6705 if (self->regex)
6706 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
6707 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
6708 }
6709
6710 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
6711
6712 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
6713 "catch unload". */
6714
6715 static void
6716 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
6717 struct cmd_list_element *command)
6718 {
6719 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
6720 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
6721 int tempflag;
6722 regex_t compiled;
6723 struct cleanup *cleanup;
6724
6725 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
6726
6727 if (!arg)
6728 arg = "";
6729 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
6730
6731 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
6732 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
6733
6734 if (*arg != '\0')
6735 {
6736 int errcode;
6737
6738 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
6739 if (errcode != 0)
6740 {
6741 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
6742
6743 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
6744 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
6745 }
6746 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
6747 }
6748
6749 c->is_load = is_load;
6750 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL,
6751 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
6752
6753 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
6754 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
6755 }
6756
6757 static void
6758 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
6759 struct cmd_list_element *command)
6760 {
6761 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
6762 }
6763
6764 static void
6765 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
6766 struct cmd_list_element *command)
6767 {
6768 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
6769 }
6770
6771 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
6772 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
6773 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
6774 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6775 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6776
6777 struct syscall_catchpoint
6778 {
6779 /* The base class. */
6780 struct breakpoint base;
6781
6782 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
6783 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
6784 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
6785 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
6786 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
6787 };
6788
6789 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6790 catchpoints. */
6791
6792 static void
6793 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6794 {
6795 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6796
6797 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
6798
6799 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
6800 }
6801
6802 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6803 catchpoints. */
6804
6805 static int
6806 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
6807 {
6808 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6809 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6810
6811 ++inf->total_syscalls_count;
6812 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6813 ++inf->any_syscall_count;
6814 else
6815 {
6816 int i, iter;
6817
6818 for (i = 0;
6819 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6820 i++)
6821 {
6822 int elem;
6823
6824 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6825 {
6826 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
6827 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
6828 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
6829 uintptr_t vec_addr;
6830 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
6831 vec_addr = (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts) +
6832 vec_addr_offset;
6833 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
6834 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
6835 }
6836 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6837 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
6838 }
6839 }
6840
6841 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6842 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6843 inf->any_syscall_count,
6844 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6845 VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts));
6846 }
6847
6848 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6849 catchpoints. */
6850
6851 static int
6852 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
6853 {
6854 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6855 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6856
6857 --inf->total_syscalls_count;
6858 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6859 --inf->any_syscall_count;
6860 else
6861 {
6862 int i, iter;
6863
6864 for (i = 0;
6865 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6866 i++)
6867 {
6868 int elem;
6869 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6870 /* Shouldn't happen. */
6871 continue;
6872 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6873 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
6874 }
6875 }
6876
6877 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6878 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6879 inf->any_syscall_count,
6880 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6881 VEC_address (int,
6882 inf->syscalls_counts));
6883 }
6884
6885 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6886 catchpoints. */
6887
6888 static int
6889 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
6890 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
6891 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
6892 {
6893 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
6894 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
6895 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
6896 int syscall_number = 0;
6897 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
6898 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6899
6900 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6901 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
6902 return 0;
6903
6904 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
6905
6906 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
6907 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6908 {
6909 int i, iter;
6910
6911 for (i = 0;
6912 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6913 i++)
6914 if (syscall_number == iter)
6915 break;
6916 /* Not the same. */
6917 if (!iter)
6918 return 0;
6919 }
6920
6921 return 1;
6922 }
6923
6924 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6925 catchpoints. */
6926
6927 static enum print_stop_action
6928 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
6929 {
6930 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6931 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6932 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
6933 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6934 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
6935 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
6936 ptid_t ptid;
6937 struct target_waitstatus last;
6938 struct syscall s;
6939 char *syscall_id;
6940
6941 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
6942
6943 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
6944
6945 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6946
6947 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6948 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6949 else
6950 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6951 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6952 {
6953 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6954 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6955 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6956 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
6957 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6958 }
6959 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6960
6961 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
6962 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
6963 else
6964 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
6965
6966 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6967 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
6968 if (s.name != NULL)
6969 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
6970
6971 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
6972
6973 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6974 }
6975
6976 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6977 catchpoints. */
6978
6979 static void
6980 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
6981 struct bp_location **last_loc)
6982 {
6983 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6984 struct value_print_options opts;
6985 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6986
6987 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6988 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6989 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6990 readable). */
6991 if (opts.addressprint)
6992 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6993 annotate_field (5);
6994
6995 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
6996 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
6997 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
6998 else
6999 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
7000
7001 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7002 {
7003 int i, iter;
7004 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
7005
7006 for (i = 0;
7007 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7008 i++)
7009 {
7010 char *x = text;
7011 struct syscall s;
7012 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
7013
7014 if (s.name != NULL)
7015 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
7016 else
7017 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
7018
7019 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
7020 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
7021 on every call. */
7022 xfree (x);
7023 }
7024 /* Remove the last comma. */
7025 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
7026 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
7027 }
7028 else
7029 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
7030 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
7031 }
7032
7033 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7034 catchpoints. */
7035
7036 static void
7037 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
7038 {
7039 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
7040
7041 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7042 {
7043 int i, iter;
7044
7045 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
7046 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
7047 else
7048 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
7049
7050 for (i = 0;
7051 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7052 i++)
7053 {
7054 struct syscall s;
7055 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
7056
7057 if (s.name)
7058 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
7059 else
7060 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
7061 }
7062 printf_filtered (")");
7063 }
7064 else
7065 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
7066 b->number);
7067 }
7068
7069 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7070 catchpoints. */
7071
7072 static void
7073 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7074 {
7075 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
7076
7077 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
7078
7079 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7080 {
7081 int i, iter;
7082
7083 for (i = 0;
7084 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7085 i++)
7086 {
7087 struct syscall s;
7088
7089 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
7090 if (s.name)
7091 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
7092 else
7093 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
7094 }
7095 }
7096 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7097 }
7098
7099 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
7100
7101 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
7102
7103 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
7104
7105 static int
7106 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
7107 {
7108 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
7109 }
7110
7111 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
7112 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
7113 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
7114 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
7115
7116 static void
7117 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
7118 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
7119 char *cond_string,
7120 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7121 {
7122 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7123
7124 init_sal (&sal);
7125 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
7126
7127 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
7128
7129 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
7130 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
7131 }
7132
7133 void
7134 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
7135 {
7136 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7137 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
7138 if (!internal)
7139 mention (b);
7140 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
7141
7142 if (update_gll)
7143 update_global_location_list (1);
7144 }
7145
7146 static void
7147 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7148 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
7149 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7150 {
7151 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
7152
7153 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
7154
7155 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
7156
7157 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
7158 }
7159
7160 /* Exec catchpoints. */
7161
7162 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
7163 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7164 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7165 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7166 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7167
7168 struct exec_catchpoint
7169 {
7170 /* The base class. */
7171 struct breakpoint base;
7172
7173 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
7174 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
7175 triggered. */
7176 char *exec_pathname;
7177 };
7178
7179 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
7180 catchpoints. */
7181
7182 static void
7183 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
7184 {
7185 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
7186
7187 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
7188
7189 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7190 }
7191
7192 static int
7193 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
7194 {
7195 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7196 }
7197
7198 static int
7199 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
7200 {
7201 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7202 }
7203
7204 static int
7205 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
7206 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7207 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7208 {
7209 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7210
7211 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
7212 return 0;
7213
7214 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
7215 return 1;
7216 }
7217
7218 static enum print_stop_action
7219 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
7220 {
7221 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7222 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7223 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
7224
7225 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7226 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7227 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7228 else
7229 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7230 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7231 {
7232 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7233 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
7234 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7235 }
7236 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7237 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
7238 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
7239 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7240
7241 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7242 }
7243
7244 static void
7245 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7246 {
7247 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
7248 struct value_print_options opts;
7249 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7250
7251 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7252
7253 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
7254 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
7255 is relatively readable). */
7256 if (opts.addressprint)
7257 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7258 annotate_field (5);
7259 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
7260 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
7261 {
7262 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
7263 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
7264 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
7265 }
7266 }
7267
7268 static void
7269 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
7270 {
7271 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
7272 }
7273
7274 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
7275 catchpoints. */
7276
7277 static void
7278 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7279 {
7280 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
7281 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7282 }
7283
7284 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
7285
7286 static void
7287 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
7288 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7289 {
7290 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
7291 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
7292
7293 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
7294 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
7295 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
7296
7297 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
7298 }
7299
7300 static int
7301 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
7302 {
7303 int i = 0;
7304 struct breakpoint *b;
7305 struct bp_location *bl;
7306
7307 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7308 {
7309 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
7310 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7311 {
7312 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
7313 one register. */
7314 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
7315 }
7316 }
7317
7318 return i;
7319 }
7320
7321 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
7322 watchpoint. */
7323
7324 static int
7325 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
7326 {
7327 int i = 0;
7328 struct bp_location *bl;
7329
7330 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
7331 return 0;
7332
7333 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7334 {
7335 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
7336 one register. */
7337 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
7338 }
7339
7340 return i;
7341 }
7342
7343 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
7344 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
7345 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
7346 types _not_ TYPE. */
7347
7348 static int
7349 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
7350 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
7351 {
7352 int i = 0;
7353 struct breakpoint *b;
7354
7355 *other_type_used = 0;
7356 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7357 {
7358 if (b == except)
7359 continue;
7360 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
7361 continue;
7362
7363 if (b->type == type)
7364 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
7365 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
7366 *other_type_used = 1;
7367 }
7368
7369 return i;
7370 }
7371
7372 void
7373 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
7374 {
7375 struct breakpoint *b;
7376
7377 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7378 {
7379 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
7380 {
7381 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
7382 update_global_location_list (0);
7383 }
7384 }
7385 }
7386
7387 void
7388 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
7389 {
7390 struct breakpoint *b;
7391
7392 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7393 {
7394 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
7395 {
7396 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7397 update_global_location_list (1);
7398 }
7399 }
7400 }
7401
7402 void
7403 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
7404 {
7405 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
7406 update_global_location_list (0);
7407 }
7408
7409 void
7410 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
7411 {
7412 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
7413 breakpoint_re_set ();
7414 }
7415
7416
7417 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
7418 at address specified by SAL.
7419 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
7420
7421 struct breakpoint *
7422 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
7423 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
7424 {
7425 struct breakpoint *b;
7426
7427 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
7428 one. */
7429 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id));
7430
7431 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7432 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7433 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
7434 b->frame_id = frame_id;
7435
7436 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
7437 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
7438 control. */
7439 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
7440 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7441
7442 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7443
7444 return b;
7445 }
7446
7447 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
7448 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
7449 breakpoint_ops. */
7450
7451 static struct breakpoint *
7452 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
7453 enum bptype type,
7454 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7455 {
7456 struct breakpoint *copy;
7457
7458 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
7459 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
7460 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
7461
7462 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
7463 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
7464 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
7465 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
7466 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
7467
7468 if (orig->loc->source_file != NULL)
7469 copy->loc->source_file = xstrdup (orig->loc->source_file);
7470
7471 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
7472 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
7473 copy->thread = orig->thread;
7474 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
7475
7476 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7477 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
7478 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
7479
7480 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
7481 return copy;
7482 }
7483
7484 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
7485 ORIG is NULL. */
7486
7487 struct breakpoint *
7488 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
7489 {
7490 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
7491 if (orig == NULL)
7492 return NULL;
7493
7494 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
7495 }
7496
7497 struct breakpoint *
7498 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
7499 enum bptype type)
7500 {
7501 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7502
7503 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
7504 sal.pc = pc;
7505 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
7506 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
7507
7508 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
7509 }
7510 \f
7511
7512 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
7513
7514 static void
7515 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
7516 {
7517 b->ops->print_mention (b);
7518 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
7519 return;
7520 printf_filtered ("\n");
7521 }
7522 \f
7523
7524 static struct bp_location *
7525 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
7526 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
7527 {
7528 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
7529 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
7530 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
7531
7532 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
7533 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
7534
7535 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
7536 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
7537 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
7538 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
7539 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
7540 location that's only been partially initialized. */
7541 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
7542 sal->pc, b->type);
7543
7544 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
7545 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
7546 ;
7547 *tmp = loc;
7548
7549 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
7550 loc->address = adjusted_address;
7551 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
7552 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
7553 loc->section = sal->section;
7554 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
7555
7556 if (sal->symtab != NULL)
7557 loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal->symtab->filename);
7558 loc->line_number = sal->line;
7559
7560 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
7561 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
7562 return loc;
7563 }
7564 \f
7565
7566 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
7567 return 0 otherwise. */
7568
7569 static int
7570 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
7571 {
7572 int len;
7573 CORE_ADDR addr;
7574 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
7575 gdb_byte *target_mem;
7576 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7577 int retval = 0;
7578
7579 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
7580
7581 addr = loc->address;
7582 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
7583
7584 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
7585 if (bpoint == NULL)
7586 return 0;
7587
7588 target_mem = alloca (len);
7589
7590 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
7591 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
7592 breakpoints they are permanent. */
7593 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
7594
7595 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
7596 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
7597
7598 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
7599 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
7600 retval = 1;
7601
7602 do_cleanups (cleanup);
7603
7604 return retval;
7605 }
7606
7607
7608
7609 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
7610 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
7611 as condition expression. */
7612
7613 static void
7614 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7615 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
7616 char *filter, char *cond_string,
7617 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7618 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7619 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7620 int enabled, int internal, int display_canonical)
7621 {
7622 int i;
7623
7624 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7625 {
7626 int target_resources_ok;
7627
7628 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
7629 target_resources_ok =
7630 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
7631 i + 1, 0);
7632 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
7633 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
7634 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
7635 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
7636 }
7637
7638 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
7639
7640 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7641 {
7642 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
7643 struct bp_location *loc;
7644
7645 if (from_tty)
7646 {
7647 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
7648 if (!loc_gdbarch)
7649 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
7650
7651 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
7652 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
7653 }
7654
7655 if (i == 0)
7656 {
7657 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
7658 b->thread = thread;
7659 b->task = task;
7660
7661 b->cond_string = cond_string;
7662 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
7663 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7664 b->disposition = disposition;
7665
7666 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
7667 {
7668 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
7669 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
7670
7671 if (strace_marker_p (b))
7672 {
7673 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
7674 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
7675 char *p = &addr_string[3];
7676 char *endp;
7677 char *marker_str;
7678
7679 p = skip_spaces (p);
7680
7681 endp = skip_to_space (p);
7682
7683 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
7684 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
7685
7686 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7687 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
7688 t->static_trace_marker_id);
7689 }
7690 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
7691 {
7692 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
7693 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
7694
7695 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7696 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
7697 t->static_trace_marker_id);
7698 }
7699 else
7700 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
7701 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
7702 }
7703
7704 loc = b->loc;
7705 }
7706 else
7707 {
7708 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7709 }
7710
7711 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
7712 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
7713
7714 if (b->cond_string)
7715 {
7716 char *arg = b->cond_string;
7717 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
7718 if (*arg)
7719 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg);
7720 }
7721 }
7722
7723 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
7724 if (addr_string)
7725 b->addr_string = addr_string;
7726 else
7727 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
7728 me. */
7729 b->addr_string
7730 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7731 b->filter = filter;
7732 }
7733
7734 static void
7735 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7736 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
7737 char *filter, char *cond_string,
7738 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7739 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7740 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7741 int enabled, int internal, int display_canonical)
7742 {
7743 struct breakpoint *b;
7744 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7745
7746 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
7747 {
7748 struct tracepoint *t;
7749
7750 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
7751 b = &t->base;
7752 }
7753 else
7754 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7755
7756 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
7757
7758 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
7759 sals, addr_string,
7760 filter, cond_string,
7761 type, disposition,
7762 thread, task, ignore_count,
7763 ops, from_tty,
7764 enabled, internal, display_canonical);
7765 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
7766
7767 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
7768 }
7769
7770 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
7771 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
7772 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
7773 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
7774 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
7775 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
7776 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
7777 we take just a single condition string.
7778
7779 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
7780 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
7781 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
7782 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
7783 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
7784
7785 static void
7786 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7787 struct linespec_result *canonical,
7788 char *cond_string,
7789 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7790 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7791 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7792 int enabled, int internal)
7793 {
7794 int i;
7795 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
7796
7797 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
7798 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
7799
7800 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
7801 {
7802 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
7803 'break', without arguments. */
7804 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
7805 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
7806 : NULL);
7807 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
7808 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
7809
7810 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
7811 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
7812 addr_string,
7813 filter_string,
7814 cond_string, type, disposition,
7815 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
7816 from_tty, enabled, internal,
7817 canonical->special_display);
7818 discard_cleanups (inner);
7819 }
7820 }
7821
7822 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
7823 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
7824 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
7825 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
7826
7827 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
7828 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
7829
7830 static void
7831 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
7832 struct linespec_result *canonical)
7833 {
7834 char *addr_start = *address;
7835
7836 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
7837 breakpoint. */
7838 if ((*address) == NULL
7839 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
7840 {
7841 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
7842 address. */
7843 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
7844 {
7845 struct linespec_sals lsal;
7846 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7847
7848 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
7849 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
7850 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7851
7852 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
7853 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. */
7854 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
7855 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
7856
7857 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
7858 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
7859 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
7860 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
7861 instances with the same symtab and line. */
7862 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
7863
7864 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
7865 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
7866 lsal.canonical = NULL;
7867
7868 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
7869 }
7870 else
7871 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
7872 }
7873 else
7874 {
7875 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
7876 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
7877 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
7878 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone. */
7879 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
7880 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
7881 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
7882 get_last_displayed_line (),
7883 canonical, NULL, NULL);
7884 else
7885 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
7886 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
7887 canonical, NULL, NULL);
7888 }
7889 }
7890
7891
7892 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
7893 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
7894
7895 static void
7896 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
7897 {
7898 int i;
7899
7900 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7901 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
7902 }
7903
7904 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
7905 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
7906 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
7907 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
7908 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
7909 it, etc. */
7910
7911 static void
7912 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7913 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
7914 {
7915 int i, rslt;
7916 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
7917 char *msg;
7918 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7919
7920 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7921 {
7922 struct gdbarch *sarch;
7923
7924 sal = &sals->sals[i];
7925
7926 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
7927 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
7928 associated with SAL. */
7929 if (sarch == NULL)
7930 sarch = gdbarch;
7931 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
7932 NULL, &msg);
7933 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
7934
7935 if (!rslt)
7936 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
7937 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
7938
7939 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7940 }
7941 }
7942
7943 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
7944 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
7945 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
7946 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
7947 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
7948 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
7949 static void
7950 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
7951 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task)
7952 {
7953 *cond_string = NULL;
7954 *thread = -1;
7955 while (tok && *tok)
7956 {
7957 char *end_tok;
7958 int toklen;
7959 char *cond_start = NULL;
7960 char *cond_end = NULL;
7961
7962 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
7963
7964 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
7965
7966 toklen = end_tok - tok;
7967
7968 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
7969 {
7970 struct expression *expr;
7971
7972 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
7973 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
7974 xfree (expr);
7975 cond_end = tok;
7976 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start,
7977 cond_end - cond_start);
7978 }
7979 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
7980 {
7981 char *tmptok;
7982
7983 tok = end_tok + 1;
7984 tmptok = tok;
7985 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
7986 if (tok == tmptok)
7987 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
7988 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
7989 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread);
7990 }
7991 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
7992 {
7993 char *tmptok;
7994
7995 tok = end_tok + 1;
7996 tmptok = tok;
7997 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
7998 if (tok == tmptok)
7999 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
8000 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
8001 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
8002 }
8003 else
8004 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
8005 }
8006 }
8007
8008 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
8009
8010 static struct symtabs_and_lines
8011 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
8012 {
8013 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
8014 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
8015 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8016 struct symbol *sym;
8017 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8018 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
8019 char *endp;
8020 char *marker_str;
8021 int i;
8022
8023 p = skip_spaces (p);
8024
8025 endp = skip_to_space (p);
8026
8027 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
8028 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
8029
8030 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
8031 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
8032 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
8033
8034 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
8035 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
8036
8037 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
8038 {
8039 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
8040
8041 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
8042
8043 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
8044
8045 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
8046 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
8047
8048 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
8049 }
8050
8051 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8052
8053 *arg_p = endp;
8054 return sals;
8055 }
8056
8057 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
8058 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
8059 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
8060 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
8061 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
8062 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
8063 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
8064 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
8065 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
8066 false otherwise. */
8067
8068 int
8069 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8070 char *arg, char *cond_string, int thread,
8071 int parse_condition_and_thread,
8072 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
8073 int ignore_count,
8074 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
8075 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
8076 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal)
8077 {
8078 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
8079 char *copy_arg = NULL;
8080 char *addr_start = arg;
8081 struct linespec_result canonical;
8082 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8083 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
8084 int i;
8085 int pending = 0;
8086 int task = 0;
8087 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
8088
8089 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
8090
8091 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
8092
8093 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
8094 {
8095 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
8096 addr_start, &copy_arg);
8097 }
8098
8099 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
8100 switch (e.reason)
8101 {
8102 case GDB_NO_ERROR:
8103 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
8104 return 0;
8105 break;
8106 case RETURN_ERROR:
8107 switch (e.error)
8108 {
8109 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
8110
8111 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
8112 error. */
8113
8114 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
8115 throw_exception (e);
8116
8117 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
8118
8119 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
8120 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
8121 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
8122 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
8123 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
8124 return 0;
8125
8126 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
8127 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
8128 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
8129 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
8130 {
8131 struct linespec_sals lsal;
8132
8133 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
8134 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
8135 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
8136 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
8137 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
8138 pending = 1;
8139 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
8140 }
8141 break;
8142 default:
8143 throw_exception (e);
8144 }
8145 break;
8146 default:
8147 throw_exception (e);
8148 }
8149
8150 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
8151 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
8152
8153 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
8154 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
8155 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
8156 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
8157 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
8158
8159 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
8160 are ok for the target. */
8161 if (!pending)
8162 {
8163 int ix;
8164 struct linespec_sals *iter;
8165
8166 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
8167 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
8168 }
8169
8170 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
8171 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
8172 {
8173 int ix;
8174 struct linespec_sals *iter;
8175
8176 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
8177 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
8178 }
8179
8180 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
8181 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
8182 breakpoint. */
8183 if (!pending)
8184 {
8185 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
8186
8187 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
8188
8189 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
8190 {
8191 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
8192 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
8193 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
8194 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
8195 cond_string = NULL;
8196 thread = -1;
8197 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
8198 &thread, &task);
8199 if (cond_string)
8200 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
8201 }
8202 else
8203 {
8204 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
8205 if (cond_string)
8206 {
8207 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
8208 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
8209 }
8210 }
8211
8212 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical, lsal,
8213 cond_string, type_wanted,
8214 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
8215 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
8216 from_tty, enabled, internal);
8217 }
8218 else
8219 {
8220 struct breakpoint *b;
8221
8222 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
8223
8224 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
8225 {
8226 struct tracepoint *t;
8227
8228 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
8229 b = &t->base;
8230 }
8231 else
8232 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
8233
8234 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
8235
8236 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
8237 b->cond_string = NULL;
8238 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
8239 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8240 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
8241 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8242 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
8243 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
8244 b->pspace = current_program_space;
8245
8246 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
8247 }
8248
8249 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
8250 {
8251 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
8252 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
8253 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
8254 }
8255
8256 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
8257 breakpoint. */
8258 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
8259 /* But cleanup everything else. */
8260 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8261
8262 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
8263 update_global_location_list (1);
8264
8265 return 1;
8266 }
8267
8268 /* Set a breakpoint.
8269 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
8270 condition, and thread.
8271 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
8272 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
8273 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
8274
8275 static void
8276 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
8277 {
8278 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
8279 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
8280 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
8281 : bp_breakpoint);
8282
8283 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
8284 arg,
8285 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
8286 tempflag, type_wanted,
8287 0 /* Ignore count */,
8288 pending_break_support,
8289 &bkpt_breakpoint_ops,
8290 from_tty,
8291 1 /* enabled */,
8292 0 /* internal */);
8293 }
8294
8295 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
8296
8297 void
8298 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8299 {
8300 CORE_ADDR pc;
8301
8302 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
8303 {
8304 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
8305 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
8306 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
8307 sal->pc = pc;
8308
8309 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
8310 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
8311 if (sal->explicit_line)
8312 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
8313 }
8314
8315 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
8316 {
8317 struct blockvector *bv;
8318 struct block *b;
8319 struct symbol *sym;
8320
8321 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
8322 if (bv != NULL)
8323 {
8324 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
8325 if (sym != NULL)
8326 {
8327 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
8328 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
8329 }
8330 else
8331 {
8332 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
8333 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
8334 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
8335 happen in assembly source). */
8336
8337 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
8338 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8339
8340 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
8341
8342 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
8343 if (msym)
8344 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
8345
8346 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8347 }
8348 }
8349 }
8350 }
8351
8352 void
8353 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8354 {
8355 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8356 }
8357
8358 void
8359 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8360 {
8361 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
8362 }
8363
8364 static void
8365 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8366 {
8367 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
8368 }
8369
8370 static void
8371 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8372 {
8373 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
8374 }
8375
8376 static void
8377 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8378 {
8379 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
8380 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
8381 stop at <line>\n"));
8382 }
8383
8384 static void
8385 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8386 {
8387 int badInput = 0;
8388
8389 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
8390 badInput = 1;
8391 else if (*arg != '*')
8392 {
8393 char *argptr = arg;
8394 int hasColon = 0;
8395
8396 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
8397 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
8398 function/method name. */
8399 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
8400 {
8401 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
8402 argptr++;
8403 }
8404
8405 if (hasColon)
8406 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
8407 else
8408 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
8409 }
8410
8411 if (badInput)
8412 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
8413 else
8414 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8415 }
8416
8417 static void
8418 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8419 {
8420 int badInput = 0;
8421
8422 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
8423 badInput = 1;
8424 else
8425 {
8426 char *argptr = arg;
8427 int hasColon = 0;
8428
8429 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
8430 it is probably a line number. */
8431 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
8432 {
8433 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
8434 argptr++;
8435 }
8436
8437 if (hasColon)
8438 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
8439 else
8440 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
8441 }
8442
8443 if (badInput)
8444 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
8445 else
8446 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8447 }
8448
8449 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
8450 ranged breakpoints. */
8451
8452 static int
8453 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
8454 struct address_space *aspace,
8455 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8456 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8457 {
8458 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
8459 || ws->value.sig != TARGET_SIGNAL_TRAP)
8460 return 0;
8461
8462 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
8463 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
8464 }
8465
8466 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8467 ranged breakpoints. */
8468
8469 static int
8470 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8471 {
8472 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8473 }
8474
8475 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8476 ranged breakpoints. */
8477
8478 static enum print_stop_action
8479 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
8480 {
8481 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8482 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8483 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8484
8485 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8486
8487 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8488 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
8489
8490 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
8491 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8492 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
8493 else
8494 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
8495 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8496 {
8497 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8498 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
8499 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8500 }
8501 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8502 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
8503
8504 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8505 }
8506
8507 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
8508 ranged breakpoints. */
8509
8510 static void
8511 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8512 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8513 {
8514 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8515 struct value_print_options opts;
8516 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8517
8518 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8519 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
8520
8521 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8522
8523 if (opts.addressprint)
8524 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
8525 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
8526 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8527 annotate_field (5);
8528 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
8529 *last_loc = bl;
8530 }
8531
8532 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8533 ranged breakpoints. */
8534
8535 static void
8536 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
8537 struct ui_out *uiout)
8538 {
8539 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
8540 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8541 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
8542 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
8543
8544 gdb_assert (bl);
8545
8546 address_start = bl->address;
8547 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
8548
8549 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
8550 fprintf_unfiltered (stb->stream, "[%s, %s]",
8551 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
8552 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
8553 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
8554 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8555
8556 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8557 }
8558
8559 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
8560 ranged breakpoints. */
8561
8562 static void
8563 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8564 {
8565 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8566 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8567
8568 gdb_assert (bl);
8569 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8570
8571 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8572 return;
8573
8574 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
8575 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
8576 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
8577 }
8578
8579 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8580 ranged breakpoints. */
8581
8582 static void
8583 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8584 {
8585 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
8586 b->addr_string_range_end);
8587 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8588 }
8589
8590 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
8591
8592 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
8593
8594 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
8595 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
8596 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
8597 last instruction of the given line. */
8598
8599 static CORE_ADDR
8600 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
8601 {
8602 CORE_ADDR end;
8603
8604 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
8605 find the address of the end of the given location. */
8606 if (sal.explicit_pc)
8607 end = sal.pc;
8608 else
8609 {
8610 int ret;
8611 CORE_ADDR start;
8612
8613 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
8614 if (!ret)
8615 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8616
8617 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
8618 end--;
8619 }
8620
8621 return end;
8622 }
8623
8624 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
8625
8626 static void
8627 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8628 {
8629 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
8630 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
8631 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
8632 CORE_ADDR end;
8633 struct breakpoint *b;
8634 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
8635 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
8636 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
8637
8638 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
8639 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
8640 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
8641
8642 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8643 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8644 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8645 bp_count, 0);
8646 if (can_use_bp < 0)
8647 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8648
8649 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8650 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
8651 error(_("No address range specified."));
8652
8653 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
8654
8655 arg_start = arg;
8656 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
8657
8658 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
8659
8660 if (arg[0] != ',')
8661 error (_("Too few arguments."));
8662 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
8663 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
8664
8665 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
8666
8667 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
8668 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
8669 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8670
8671 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
8672 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
8673 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
8674
8675 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
8676 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8677
8678 /* Parse the end location. */
8679
8680 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
8681 arg_start = arg;
8682
8683 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
8684 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
8685 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
8686 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
8687 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
8688 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
8689 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
8690 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
8691
8692 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
8693
8694 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
8695 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8696
8697 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
8698 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
8699 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
8700 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8701
8702 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
8703 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
8704 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
8705
8706 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
8707 if (sal_start.pc > end)
8708 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
8709
8710 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
8711 if (length < 0)
8712 /* Length overflowed. */
8713 error (_("Address range too large."));
8714 else if (length == 1)
8715 {
8716 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
8717 the `hbreak' command. */
8718 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
8719
8720 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
8721
8722 return;
8723 }
8724
8725 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
8726 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
8727 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
8728 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
8729 b->number = breakpoint_count;
8730 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8731 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
8732 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
8733 b->loc->length = length;
8734
8735 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
8736
8737 mention (b);
8738 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8739 update_global_location_list (1);
8740 }
8741
8742 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
8743 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
8744 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
8745 zero. */
8746 static int
8747 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
8748 {
8749 int i = exp->nelts;
8750
8751 while (i > 0)
8752 {
8753 int oplenp, argsp;
8754
8755 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
8756 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
8757 i -= oplenp;
8758
8759 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
8760 {
8761 case BINOP_ADD:
8762 case BINOP_SUB:
8763 case BINOP_MUL:
8764 case BINOP_DIV:
8765 case BINOP_REM:
8766 case BINOP_MOD:
8767 case BINOP_LSH:
8768 case BINOP_RSH:
8769 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
8770 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
8771 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
8772 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
8773 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
8774 case BINOP_EQUAL:
8775 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
8776 case BINOP_LESS:
8777 case BINOP_GTR:
8778 case BINOP_LEQ:
8779 case BINOP_GEQ:
8780 case BINOP_REPEAT:
8781 case BINOP_COMMA:
8782 case BINOP_EXP:
8783 case BINOP_MIN:
8784 case BINOP_MAX:
8785 case BINOP_INTDIV:
8786 case BINOP_CONCAT:
8787 case BINOP_IN:
8788 case BINOP_RANGE:
8789 case TERNOP_COND:
8790 case TERNOP_SLICE:
8791 case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT:
8792
8793 case OP_LONG:
8794 case OP_DOUBLE:
8795 case OP_DECFLOAT:
8796 case OP_LAST:
8797 case OP_COMPLEX:
8798 case OP_STRING:
8799 case OP_BITSTRING:
8800 case OP_ARRAY:
8801 case OP_TYPE:
8802 case OP_NAME:
8803 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
8804
8805 case UNOP_NEG:
8806 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
8807 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
8808 case UNOP_ADDR:
8809 case UNOP_HIGH:
8810 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
8811 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
8812 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
8813 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
8814
8815 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
8816 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
8817 ADDR is. */
8818 break;
8819
8820 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
8821 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
8822
8823 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
8824 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
8825 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
8826 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
8827
8828 We also have to check for function symbols because they
8829 are always constant. */
8830 {
8831 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
8832
8833 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
8834 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
8835 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
8836 return 0;
8837 break;
8838 }
8839
8840 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
8841 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
8842 then it is not a constant. */
8843 default:
8844 return 0;
8845 }
8846 }
8847
8848 return 1;
8849 }
8850
8851 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
8852
8853 static void
8854 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
8855 {
8856 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
8857
8858 xfree (w->cond_exp);
8859 xfree (w->exp);
8860 xfree (w->exp_string);
8861 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
8862 value_free (w->val);
8863
8864 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
8865 }
8866
8867 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
8868
8869 static void
8870 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8871 {
8872 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8873
8874 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
8875 variables, or it can be on local variables.
8876
8877 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
8878 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
8879 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
8880 are loaded and unloaded.
8881
8882 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
8883 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
8884 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
8885 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
8886 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
8887 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
8888
8889 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
8890 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
8891 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
8892 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
8893
8894 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
8895 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
8896
8897 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
8898 reevaluated again when enabled. */
8899 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
8900 }
8901
8902 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8903
8904 static int
8905 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8906 {
8907 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8908 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
8909
8910 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
8911 w->cond_exp);
8912 }
8913
8914 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8915
8916 static int
8917 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8918 {
8919 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8920 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
8921
8922 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
8923 w->cond_exp);
8924 }
8925
8926 static int
8927 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
8928 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8929 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8930 {
8931 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
8932 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8933
8934 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
8935 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
8936 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
8937 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
8938 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
8939 (did not match the data address). */
8940 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
8941 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
8942 return 0;
8943
8944 return 1;
8945 }
8946
8947 static void
8948 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
8949 {
8950 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
8951
8952 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
8953 }
8954
8955 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8956 hardware watchpoints. */
8957
8958 static int
8959 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8960 {
8961 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8962 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
8963
8964 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
8965 }
8966
8967 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8968 hardware watchpoints. */
8969
8970 static int
8971 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
8972 {
8973 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
8974 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
8975 }
8976
8977 static enum print_stop_action
8978 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
8979 {
8980 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8981 struct breakpoint *b;
8982 const struct bp_location *bl;
8983 struct ui_stream *stb;
8984 enum print_stop_action result;
8985 struct watchpoint *w;
8986 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8987
8988 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
8989
8990 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
8991 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8992 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8993
8994 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
8995 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
8996
8997 switch (b->type)
8998 {
8999 case bp_watchpoint:
9000 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9001 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
9002 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9003 ui_out_field_string
9004 (uiout, "reason",
9005 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9006 mention (b);
9007 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
9008 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
9009 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
9010 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
9011 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
9012 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
9013 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
9014 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9015 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
9016 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
9017 break;
9018
9019 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9020 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9021 ui_out_field_string
9022 (uiout, "reason",
9023 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9024 mention (b);
9025 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
9026 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
9027 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
9028 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
9029 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9030 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
9031 break;
9032
9033 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9034 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
9035 {
9036 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
9037 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9038 ui_out_field_string
9039 (uiout, "reason",
9040 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9041 mention (b);
9042 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
9043 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
9044 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
9045 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
9046 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
9047 }
9048 else
9049 {
9050 mention (b);
9051 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9052 ui_out_field_string
9053 (uiout, "reason",
9054 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9055 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
9056 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
9057 }
9058 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
9059 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
9060 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9061 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
9062 break;
9063 default:
9064 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
9065 }
9066
9067 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9068 return result;
9069 }
9070
9071 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
9072 watchpoints. */
9073
9074 static void
9075 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9076 {
9077 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
9078 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9079 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9080
9081 switch (b->type)
9082 {
9083 case bp_watchpoint:
9084 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
9085 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
9086 break;
9087 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9088 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
9089 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
9090 break;
9091 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9092 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
9093 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
9094 break;
9095 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9096 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
9097 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
9098 break;
9099 default:
9100 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9101 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9102 }
9103
9104 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
9105 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
9106 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
9107 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
9108 }
9109
9110 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9111 watchpoints. */
9112
9113 static void
9114 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
9115 {
9116 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9117
9118 switch (b->type)
9119 {
9120 case bp_watchpoint:
9121 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9122 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
9123 break;
9124 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9125 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
9126 break;
9127 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9128 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
9129 break;
9130 default:
9131 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9132 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
9133 }
9134
9135 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
9136 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9137 }
9138
9139 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
9140
9141 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9142
9143 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
9144 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9145
9146 static int
9147 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
9148 {
9149 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
9150
9151 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
9152 bl->watchpoint_type);
9153 }
9154
9155 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
9156 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9157
9158 static int
9159 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
9160 {
9161 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
9162
9163 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
9164 bl->watchpoint_type);
9165 }
9166
9167 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9168 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9169
9170 static int
9171 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9172 {
9173 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
9174
9175 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
9176 }
9177
9178 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
9179 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9180
9181 static int
9182 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
9183 {
9184 return 0;
9185 }
9186
9187 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9188 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9189
9190 static enum print_stop_action
9191 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
9192 {
9193 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9194 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9195
9196 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
9197 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
9198
9199 switch (b->type)
9200 {
9201 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9202 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
9203 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9204 ui_out_field_string
9205 (uiout, "reason",
9206 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9207 break;
9208
9209 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9210 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9211 ui_out_field_string
9212 (uiout, "reason",
9213 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9214 break;
9215
9216 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9217 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9218 ui_out_field_string
9219 (uiout, "reason",
9220 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9221 break;
9222 default:
9223 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9224 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9225 }
9226
9227 mention (b);
9228 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
9229 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
9230 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
9231 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9232
9233 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
9234 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
9235 }
9236
9237 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9238 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9239
9240 static void
9241 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
9242 struct ui_out *uiout)
9243 {
9244 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9245
9246 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
9247 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
9248
9249 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
9250 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
9251 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9252 }
9253
9254 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9255 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9256
9257 static void
9258 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9259 {
9260 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9261 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9262 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
9263
9264 switch (b->type)
9265 {
9266 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9267 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
9268 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
9269 break;
9270 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9271 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
9272 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
9273 break;
9274 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9275 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
9276 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
9277 break;
9278 default:
9279 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9280 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9281 }
9282
9283 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
9284 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
9285 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
9286 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
9287 }
9288
9289 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9290 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9291
9292 static void
9293 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
9294 {
9295 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9296 char tmp[40];
9297
9298 switch (b->type)
9299 {
9300 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9301 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
9302 break;
9303 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9304 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
9305 break;
9306 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9307 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
9308 break;
9309 default:
9310 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9311 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9312 }
9313
9314 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
9315 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
9316 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9317 }
9318
9319 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
9320
9321 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9322
9323 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
9324
9325 static int
9326 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
9327 {
9328 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9329 }
9330
9331 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
9332 hw_read: watch read,
9333 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
9334 static void
9335 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
9336 int just_location, int internal)
9337 {
9338 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9339 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
9340 struct expression *exp;
9341 struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
9342 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
9343 struct frame_info *frame;
9344 char *exp_start = NULL;
9345 char *exp_end = NULL;
9346 char *tok, *end_tok;
9347 int toklen = -1;
9348 char *cond_start = NULL;
9349 char *cond_end = NULL;
9350 enum bptype bp_type;
9351 int thread = -1;
9352 int pc = 0;
9353 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
9354 the hardware watchpoint. */
9355 int use_mask = 0;
9356 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
9357 struct watchpoint *w;
9358
9359 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
9360 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
9361 {
9362 char *value_start;
9363
9364 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
9365 of the arguments string. */
9366 for (tok = arg + strlen (arg) - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
9367 {
9368 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
9369 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
9370 tok--;
9371
9372 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
9373 This is the value of the parameter. */
9374 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
9375 tok--;
9376 value_start = tok + 1;
9377
9378 /* Skip whitespace. */
9379 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
9380 tok--;
9381
9382 end_tok = tok;
9383
9384 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
9385 This is the parameter itself. */
9386 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
9387 tok--;
9388 tok++;
9389 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
9390
9391 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
9392 {
9393 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
9394 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
9395 only in a specific thread. */
9396 char *endp;
9397
9398 if (thread != -1)
9399 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
9400
9401 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
9402 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
9403
9404 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
9405 thread ID. */
9406 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
9407 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
9408
9409 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
9410 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
9411 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread);
9412 }
9413 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
9414 {
9415 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
9416 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
9417 facility. */
9418 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
9419
9420 if (use_mask)
9421 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
9422
9423 use_mask = just_location = 1;
9424
9425 mark = value_mark ();
9426 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
9427 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
9428 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9429 }
9430 else
9431 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
9432 break;
9433
9434 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
9435 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
9436 *tok = '\0';
9437 }
9438 }
9439
9440 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
9441 innermost_block = NULL;
9442 exp_start = arg;
9443 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
9444 exp_end = arg;
9445 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
9446 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
9447 prettier. */
9448 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
9449 --exp_end;
9450
9451 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
9452 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
9453 {
9454 int len;
9455
9456 len = exp_end - exp_start;
9457 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
9458 len--;
9459 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
9460 }
9461
9462 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
9463 mark = value_mark ();
9464 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
9465
9466 if (just_location)
9467 {
9468 int ret;
9469
9470 exp_valid_block = NULL;
9471 val = value_addr (result);
9472 release_value (val);
9473 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9474
9475 if (use_mask)
9476 {
9477 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
9478 mask);
9479 if (ret == -1)
9480 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
9481 else if (ret == -2)
9482 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
9483 }
9484 }
9485 else if (val != NULL)
9486 release_value (val);
9487
9488 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
9489 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9490
9491 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9492 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9493 {
9494 struct expression *cond;
9495
9496 innermost_block = NULL;
9497 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9498 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0);
9499
9500 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
9501 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
9502 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
9503
9504 xfree (cond);
9505 cond_end = tok;
9506 }
9507 if (*tok)
9508 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
9509
9510 if (accessflag == hw_read)
9511 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
9512 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
9513 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
9514 else
9515 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
9516
9517 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
9518
9519 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
9520 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
9521 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
9522 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
9523 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
9524 {
9525 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
9526 {
9527 scope_breakpoint
9528 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
9529 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
9530 bp_watchpoint_scope,
9531 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
9532
9533 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9534
9535 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
9536 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
9537
9538 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
9539 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
9540
9541 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
9542 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
9543 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
9544 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
9545 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
9546 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
9547 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
9548 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
9549 scope_breakpoint->type);
9550 }
9551 }
9552
9553 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9554
9555 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
9556 b = &w->base;
9557 if (use_mask)
9558 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
9559 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
9560 else
9561 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
9562 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
9563 b->thread = thread;
9564 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9565 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9566 w->exp = exp;
9567 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
9568 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
9569 if (just_location)
9570 {
9571 struct type *t = value_type (val);
9572 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
9573 char *name;
9574
9575 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
9576 name = type_to_string (t);
9577
9578 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
9579 core_addr_to_string (addr));
9580 xfree (name);
9581
9582 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
9583 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
9584
9585 /* The above expression is in C. */
9586 b->language = language_c;
9587 }
9588 else
9589 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
9590
9591 if (use_mask)
9592 {
9593 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
9594 }
9595 else
9596 {
9597 w->val = val;
9598 w->val_valid = 1;
9599 }
9600
9601 if (cond_start)
9602 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9603 else
9604 b->cond_string = 0;
9605
9606 if (frame)
9607 {
9608 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
9609 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
9610 }
9611 else
9612 {
9613 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
9614 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
9615 }
9616
9617 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
9618 {
9619 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
9620 need to act on them together. */
9621 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
9622 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
9623 }
9624
9625 if (!just_location)
9626 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9627
9628 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9629 {
9630 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
9631 that should be inserted. */
9632 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
9633 }
9634 if (e.reason < 0)
9635 {
9636 delete_breakpoint (b);
9637 throw_exception (e);
9638 }
9639
9640 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
9641 }
9642
9643 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
9644 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
9645
9646 static int
9647 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
9648 {
9649 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
9650 struct value *head = v;
9651
9652 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
9653 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
9654 return 0;
9655
9656 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
9657 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
9658 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
9659 hardware watchpoint.
9660
9661 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
9662 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
9663 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
9664 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
9665 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
9666 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
9667 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
9668 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
9669 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
9670
9671 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
9672 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
9673 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
9674 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
9675 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
9676 {
9677 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
9678 {
9679 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
9680 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
9681 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
9682 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
9683 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
9684 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
9685 ;
9686 else
9687 {
9688 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
9689 it with hardware watchpoints. */
9690 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
9691
9692 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
9693 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
9694 middle of some value chain. */
9695 if (v == head
9696 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
9697 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
9698 {
9699 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
9700 int len;
9701 int num_regs;
9702
9703 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
9704 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
9705 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
9706
9707 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
9708 if (!num_regs)
9709 return 0;
9710 else
9711 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
9712 }
9713 }
9714 }
9715 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
9716 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
9717 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
9718 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
9719 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
9720 }
9721
9722 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
9723 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
9724 return found_memory_cnt;
9725 }
9726
9727 void
9728 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9729 {
9730 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
9731 }
9732
9733 /* A helper function that looks for an argument at the start of a
9734 string. The argument must also either be at the end of the string,
9735 or be followed by whitespace. Returns 1 if it finds the argument,
9736 0 otherwise. If the argument is found, it updates *STR. */
9737
9738 static int
9739 check_for_argument (char **str, char *arg, int arg_len)
9740 {
9741 if (strncmp (*str, arg, arg_len) == 0
9742 && ((*str)[arg_len] == '\0' || isspace ((*str)[arg_len])))
9743 {
9744 *str += arg_len;
9745 return 1;
9746 }
9747 return 0;
9748 }
9749
9750 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
9751 calls watch_command_1. */
9752
9753 static void
9754 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
9755 {
9756 int just_location = 0;
9757
9758 if (arg
9759 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
9760 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
9761 {
9762 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9763 just_location = 1;
9764 }
9765
9766 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
9767 }
9768
9769 static void
9770 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9771 {
9772 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
9773 }
9774
9775 void
9776 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9777 {
9778 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
9779 }
9780
9781 static void
9782 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9783 {
9784 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
9785 }
9786
9787 void
9788 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9789 {
9790 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
9791 }
9792
9793 static void
9794 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9795 {
9796 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
9797 }
9798 \f
9799
9800 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
9801 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
9802
9803 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
9804 {
9805 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
9806 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
9807 int thread_num;
9808 };
9809
9810 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
9811 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
9812 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
9813 command. */
9814 static void
9815 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
9816 {
9817 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
9818
9819 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
9820 if (a->breakpoint2)
9821 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
9822 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
9823 }
9824
9825 void
9826 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
9827 {
9828 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9829 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9830 struct frame_info *frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
9831 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
9832 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
9833 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9834 int thread;
9835 struct thread_info *tp;
9836
9837 clear_proceed_status ();
9838
9839 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
9840 this function. */
9841
9842 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9843 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9844 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9845 get_last_displayed_line ());
9846 else
9847 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9848 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
9849
9850 if (sals.nelts != 1)
9851 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
9852
9853 sal = sals.sals[0];
9854 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
9855
9856 if (*arg)
9857 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9858
9859 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
9860
9861 if (anywhere)
9862 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
9863 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
9864 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
9865 null_frame_id, bp_until);
9866 else
9867 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
9868 only at the very same frame. */
9869 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
9870 get_stack_frame_id (frame),
9871 bp_until);
9872
9873 old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
9874
9875 tp = inferior_thread ();
9876 thread = tp->num;
9877
9878 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
9879 one. */
9880
9881 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
9882 {
9883 sal = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
9884 sal.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
9885 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
9886 sal,
9887 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame),
9888 bp_until);
9889 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
9890
9891 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, frame_unwind_caller_id (frame));
9892 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
9893 }
9894
9895 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
9896
9897 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
9898 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
9899 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
9900 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
9901
9902 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
9903 {
9904 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
9905 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
9906
9907 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
9908 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
9909 args->thread_num = thread;
9910
9911 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9912 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
9913 until_break_command_continuation, args,
9914 xfree);
9915 }
9916 else
9917 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9918 }
9919
9920 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
9921 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
9922
9923 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
9924 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
9925 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
9926 if clause in the arg string. */
9927
9928 static char *
9929 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
9930 {
9931 char *cond_string;
9932
9933 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
9934 return NULL;
9935
9936 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
9937 (*arg) += 2;
9938
9939 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
9940 condition string. */
9941 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
9942 cond_string = *arg;
9943
9944 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
9945 string. */
9946 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
9947
9948 return cond_string;
9949 }
9950
9951 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
9952 process start/exit, etc. */
9953
9954 typedef enum
9955 {
9956 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
9957 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
9958 }
9959 catch_fork_kind;
9960
9961 static void
9962 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
9963 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9964 {
9965 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9966 char *cond_string = NULL;
9967 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
9968 int tempflag;
9969
9970 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
9971 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
9972 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
9973
9974 if (!arg)
9975 arg = "";
9976 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9977
9978 /* The allowed syntax is:
9979 catch [v]fork
9980 catch [v]fork if <cond>
9981
9982 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9983 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9984
9985 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9986 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9987
9988 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
9989 and enable reporting of such events. */
9990 switch (fork_kind)
9991 {
9992 case catch_fork_temporary:
9993 case catch_fork_permanent:
9994 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9995 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
9996 break;
9997 case catch_vfork_temporary:
9998 case catch_vfork_permanent:
9999 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
10000 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
10001 break;
10002 default:
10003 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
10004 break;
10005 }
10006 }
10007
10008 static void
10009 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
10010 struct cmd_list_element *command)
10011 {
10012 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
10013 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
10014 int tempflag;
10015 char *cond_string = NULL;
10016
10017 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10018
10019 if (!arg)
10020 arg = "";
10021 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10022
10023 /* The allowed syntax is:
10024 catch exec
10025 catch exec if <cond>
10026
10027 First, check if there's an if clause. */
10028 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
10029
10030 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
10031 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10032
10033 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
10034 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
10035 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
10036 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
10037
10038 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
10039 }
10040
10041 static enum print_stop_action
10042 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs)
10043 {
10044 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10045 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10046 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
10047
10048 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
10049
10050 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
10051 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
10052 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
10053 b->loc->address,
10054 b->number, 1);
10055 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
10056 ui_out_text (uiout,
10057 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
10058 : "Catchpoint ");
10059 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10060 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10061 ui_out_text (uiout,
10062 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
10063 : " (exception caught), ");
10064 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10065 {
10066 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
10067 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
10068 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
10069 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10070 }
10071 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10072 }
10073
10074 static void
10075 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10076 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10077 {
10078 struct value_print_options opts;
10079 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10080
10081 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10082 if (opts.addressprint)
10083 {
10084 annotate_field (4);
10085 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
10086 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
10087 else
10088 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
10089 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
10090 }
10091 annotate_field (5);
10092 if (b->loc)
10093 *last_loc = b->loc;
10094 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
10095 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
10096 else
10097 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
10098 }
10099
10100 static void
10101 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10102 {
10103 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10104 int bp_temp;
10105 int bp_throw;
10106
10107 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
10108 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
10109 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
10110 : _("Catchpoint "));
10111 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10112 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
10113 : _(" (catch)"));
10114 }
10115
10116 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
10117 catch catchpoints. */
10118
10119 static void
10120 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10121 struct ui_file *fp)
10122 {
10123 int bp_temp;
10124 int bp_throw;
10125
10126 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
10127 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
10128 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
10129 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
10130 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10131 }
10132
10133 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
10134
10135 static int
10136 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
10137 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
10138 {
10139 char *trigger_func_name;
10140
10141 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
10142 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
10143 else
10144 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
10145
10146 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10147 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1,
10148 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
10149 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
10150 0,
10151 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
10152 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
10153 1 /* enabled */,
10154 0 /* internal */);
10155
10156 return 1;
10157 }
10158
10159 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
10160
10161 static void
10162 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
10163 int tempflag, int from_tty)
10164 {
10165 char *cond_string = NULL;
10166
10167 if (!arg)
10168 arg = "";
10169 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10170
10171 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
10172
10173 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
10174 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10175
10176 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
10177 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
10178 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
10179
10180 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
10181 return;
10182
10183 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
10184 }
10185
10186 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
10187
10188 static void
10189 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
10190 {
10191 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10192
10193 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
10194 }
10195
10196 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
10197
10198 static void
10199 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
10200 {
10201 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10202
10203 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
10204 }
10205
10206 void
10207 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10208 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
10209 struct symtab_and_line sal,
10210 char *addr_string,
10211 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
10212 int tempflag,
10213 int from_tty)
10214 {
10215 if (from_tty)
10216 {
10217 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
10218 if (!loc_gdbarch)
10219 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
10220
10221 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
10222 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
10223 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
10224 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
10225 used for different exception names will use the same address.
10226 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
10227 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
10228 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
10229 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
10230 enough for now, though. */
10231 }
10232
10233 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
10234
10235 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
10236 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
10237 b->addr_string = addr_string;
10238 b->language = language_ada;
10239 }
10240
10241 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
10242 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
10243 static VEC(int) *
10244 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
10245 {
10246 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
10247 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
10248
10249 while (*arg != '\0')
10250 {
10251 int i, syscall_number;
10252 char *endptr;
10253 char cur_name[128];
10254 struct syscall s;
10255
10256 /* Skip whitespace. */
10257 while (isspace (*arg))
10258 arg++;
10259
10260 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
10261 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
10262 cur_name[i] = '\0';
10263 arg += i;
10264
10265 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
10266 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
10267 if (*endptr == '\0')
10268 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
10269 else
10270 {
10271 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
10272 to a number. */
10273 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
10274
10275 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
10276 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
10277 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
10278 syscall number to be caught. */
10279 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
10280 }
10281
10282 /* Ok, it's valid. */
10283 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
10284 }
10285
10286 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
10287 return result;
10288 }
10289
10290 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
10291
10292 static void
10293 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
10294 struct cmd_list_element *command)
10295 {
10296 int tempflag;
10297 VEC(int) *filter;
10298 struct syscall s;
10299 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
10300
10301 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
10302 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
10303 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
10304 this architecture yet."));
10305
10306 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10307
10308 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10309
10310 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
10311 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
10312 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
10313 for his/her architecture. */
10314 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
10315
10316 /* The allowed syntax is:
10317 catch syscall
10318 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
10319
10320 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
10321
10322 if (arg != NULL)
10323 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
10324 else
10325 filter = NULL;
10326
10327 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
10328 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
10329 }
10330
10331 static void
10332 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10333 {
10334 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10335 }
10336 \f
10337
10338 static void
10339 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10340 {
10341 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10342 }
10343
10344 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
10345
10346 static int
10347 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
10348 {
10349 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
10350 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
10351 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
10352 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
10353
10354 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
10355 return -1;
10356 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
10357 return 1;
10358
10359 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
10360 the number 0. */
10361 if (ua < ub)
10362 return -1;
10363 return ub > ub ? 1 : 0;
10364 }
10365
10366 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
10367
10368 static void
10369 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10370 {
10371 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
10372 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
10373 int ix;
10374 int default_match;
10375 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
10376 struct symtab_and_line sal;
10377 int i;
10378 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
10379
10380 if (arg)
10381 {
10382 sals = decode_line_spec (arg, (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
10383 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
10384 default_match = 0;
10385 }
10386 else
10387 {
10388 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
10389 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
10390 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
10391 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
10392
10393 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
10394 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
10395 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
10396 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
10397 if (sal.symtab == 0)
10398 error (_("No source file specified."));
10399
10400 sals.sals[0] = sal;
10401 sals.nelts = 1;
10402
10403 default_match = 1;
10404 }
10405
10406 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
10407 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
10408 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
10409 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
10410
10411 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
10412 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
10413 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
10414 due to optimization, all in one block.
10415
10416 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
10417 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
10418 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
10419 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
10420 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
10421 to support that. */
10422
10423 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
10424 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
10425 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
10426 breakpoint. */
10427
10428 found = NULL;
10429 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
10430 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
10431 {
10432 int is_abs, sal_name_len;
10433
10434 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
10435 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
10436 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
10437 or at default pc.
10438
10439 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
10440
10441 0 1 pc
10442 1 1 pc _and_ line
10443 0 0 line
10444 1 0 <can't happen> */
10445
10446 sal = sals.sals[i];
10447 is_abs = sal.symtab == NULL ? 1 : IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename);
10448 sal_name_len = is_abs ? 0 : strlen (sal.symtab->filename);
10449
10450 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
10451 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10452 {
10453 int match = 0;
10454 /* Are we going to delete b? */
10455 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
10456 {
10457 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
10458 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
10459 {
10460 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
10461 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
10462 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
10463 && sal.pc
10464 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
10465 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
10466 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
10467 || loc->section == sal.section));
10468 int line_match = 0;
10469
10470 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
10471 && loc->source_file != NULL
10472 && sal.symtab != NULL
10473 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
10474 && loc->line_number == sal.line)
10475 {
10476 if (filename_cmp (loc->source_file,
10477 sal.symtab->filename) == 0)
10478 line_match = 1;
10479 else if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename)
10480 && compare_filenames_for_search (loc->source_file,
10481 sal.symtab->filename,
10482 sal_name_len))
10483 line_match = 1;
10484 }
10485
10486 if (pc_match || line_match)
10487 {
10488 match = 1;
10489 break;
10490 }
10491 }
10492 }
10493
10494 if (match)
10495 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
10496 }
10497 }
10498
10499 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
10500 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
10501 {
10502 if (arg)
10503 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
10504 else
10505 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
10506 }
10507
10508 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
10509 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
10510 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
10511 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
10512 compare_breakpoints);
10513 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
10514 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
10515 {
10516 if (b == prev)
10517 {
10518 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
10519 --ix;
10520 }
10521 }
10522
10523 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
10524 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
10525 if (from_tty)
10526 {
10527 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
10528 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
10529 else
10530 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
10531 }
10532 breakpoints_changed ();
10533
10534 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
10535 {
10536 if (from_tty)
10537 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
10538 delete_breakpoint (b);
10539 }
10540 if (from_tty)
10541 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
10542
10543 do_cleanups (cleanups);
10544 }
10545 \f
10546 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
10547 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
10548 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
10549
10550 void
10551 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
10552 {
10553 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
10554
10555 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
10556 if (bs->breakpoint_at
10557 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
10558 && bs->stop)
10559 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
10560
10561 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
10562 {
10563 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
10564 delete_breakpoint (b);
10565 }
10566 }
10567
10568 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
10569 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
10570 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
10571 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
10572 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
10573 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
10574
10575 static int
10576 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
10577 {
10578 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
10579 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
10580 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
10581 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
10582 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
10583
10584 if (a->address != b->address)
10585 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
10586
10587 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
10588 if (a_perm != b_perm)
10589 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
10590
10591 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of
10592 the same breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
10593
10594 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
10595 return (a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
10596 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number);
10597
10598 return (a > b) - (a < b);
10599 }
10600
10601 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
10602 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
10603 content of the bp_location array. */
10604
10605 static void
10606 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
10607 {
10608 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
10609
10610 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
10611 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
10612
10613 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
10614 {
10615 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
10616
10617 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
10618 continue;
10619
10620 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
10621 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
10622
10623 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
10624 addr = bl->address - start;
10625 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
10626 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
10627
10628 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
10629
10630 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
10631 addr = end - bl->address;
10632 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
10633 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
10634 }
10635 }
10636
10637 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
10638
10639 static void
10640 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
10641 {
10642 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
10643 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10644
10645 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
10646 return;
10647
10648 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
10649
10650 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
10651 {
10652 struct tracepoint *t;
10653
10654 if (!is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
10655 continue;
10656
10657 if ((bl->owner->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
10658 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
10659 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
10660 continue;
10661
10662 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
10663 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
10664 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
10665 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
10666 continue;
10667
10668 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
10669
10670 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
10671
10672 bl->inserted = 1;
10673 t = (struct tracepoint *) bl->owner;
10674 t->number_on_target = bl->owner->number;
10675 }
10676
10677 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10678 }
10679
10680 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
10681
10682 static void
10683 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
10684 {
10685 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
10686 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
10687 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
10688
10689 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
10690 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
10691 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
10692 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
10693 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
10694
10695 left->inserted = right->inserted;
10696 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
10697 left->target_info = right->target_info;
10698 right->inserted = left_inserted;
10699 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
10700 right->target_info = left_target_info;
10701 }
10702
10703 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
10704 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
10705 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
10706 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
10707 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
10708 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
10709 returns true on them.
10710
10711 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
10712 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
10713 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
10714 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
10715 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
10716 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
10717
10718 static void
10719 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
10720 {
10721 struct breakpoint *b;
10722 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
10723 struct cleanup *cleanups;
10724
10725 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
10726 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
10727 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
10728 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
10729 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
10730 once. */
10731 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
10732 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
10733 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
10734 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
10735
10736 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
10737 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
10738 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
10739 unsigned old_location_count;
10740
10741 old_location = bp_location;
10742 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
10743 bp_location = NULL;
10744 bp_location_count = 0;
10745 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
10746
10747 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10748 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
10749 bp_location_count++;
10750
10751 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
10752 locp = bp_location;
10753 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10754 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
10755 *locp++ = loc;
10756 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
10757 bp_location_compare);
10758
10759 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
10760
10761 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
10762 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
10763 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
10764 if there's another location at the same address (previously
10765 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
10766 location.
10767
10768 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
10769 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
10770
10771 locp = bp_location;
10772 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
10773 old_locp++)
10774 {
10775 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
10776 struct bp_location **loc2p;
10777
10778 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
10779 not, we have to free it. */
10780 int found_object = 0;
10781 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
10782 int keep_in_target = 0;
10783 int removed = 0;
10784
10785 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
10786 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
10787 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
10788 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
10789 locp++;
10790
10791 for (loc2p = locp;
10792 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
10793 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
10794 loc2p++)
10795 {
10796 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
10797 {
10798 found_object = 1;
10799 break;
10800 }
10801 }
10802
10803 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
10804 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
10805 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
10806 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
10807 at certain location is not inserted. */
10808
10809 if (old_loc->inserted)
10810 {
10811 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
10812 it. */
10813
10814 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
10815 {
10816 /* The location is still present in the location list,
10817 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
10818 keep_in_target = 1;
10819 }
10820 else
10821 {
10822 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
10823 disabled. See if there's another location at the
10824 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
10825 this one from the target. */
10826
10827 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
10828 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
10829 {
10830 for (loc2p = locp;
10831 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
10832 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
10833 loc2p++)
10834 {
10835 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
10836
10837 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
10838 {
10839 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
10840 access watchpoints, if the former are not
10841 supported, but the latter are. */
10842 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
10843 {
10844 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
10845 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
10846 }
10847
10848 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
10849 if it should be inserted in case it will be
10850 unduplicated. */
10851 if (loc2 != old_loc
10852 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
10853 {
10854 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
10855 keep_in_target = 1;
10856 break;
10857 }
10858 }
10859 }
10860 }
10861 }
10862
10863 if (!keep_in_target)
10864 {
10865 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
10866 {
10867 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
10868 this location on the global list, and try to
10869 remove it next time, but there's no particular
10870 reason why we will succeed next time.
10871
10872 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
10873 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
10874 only after calling us. */
10875 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
10876 "breakpoint %d\n"),
10877 old_loc->owner->number);
10878 }
10879 removed = 1;
10880 }
10881 }
10882
10883 if (!found_object)
10884 {
10885 if (removed && non_stop
10886 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
10887 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
10888 {
10889 /* This location was removed from the target. In
10890 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
10891 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
10892 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
10893 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
10894 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
10895 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
10896 after we see some number of events. The theory here
10897 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
10898 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
10899 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
10900 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
10901 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
10902 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
10903 SIGTRAP.
10904
10905 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
10906 decr_pc_after_break targets.
10907
10908 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
10909 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
10910 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
10911 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
10912 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
10913 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
10914 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
10915 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
10916 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
10917 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
10918 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
10919 targets that do not support new thread events, like
10920 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
10921 thread_count.
10922
10923 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
10924 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
10925 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
10926 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
10927
10928 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
10929 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
10930 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
10931 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
10932 traps we can no longer explain. */
10933
10934 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
10935 old_loc->owner = NULL;
10936
10937 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
10938 }
10939 else
10940 {
10941 old_loc->owner = NULL;
10942 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
10943 }
10944 }
10945 }
10946
10947 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
10948 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
10949 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
10950 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
10951 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
10952 are sorted first for the same address.
10953
10954 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
10955 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
10956
10957 bp_loc_first = NULL;
10958 wp_loc_first = NULL;
10959 awp_loc_first = NULL;
10960 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
10961 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
10962 {
10963 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
10964 non-NULL. */
10965 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
10966 b = loc->owner;
10967
10968 if (!should_be_inserted (loc)
10969 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
10970 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
10971 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
10972 `struct bp_location'. */
10973 || is_tracepoint (b))
10974 continue;
10975
10976 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
10977 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
10978 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10979 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
10980 "actually inserted"));
10981
10982 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
10983 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
10984 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
10985 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
10986 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
10987 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
10988 else
10989 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
10990
10991 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
10992 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
10993 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
10994 {
10995 *loc_first_p = loc;
10996 loc->duplicate = 0;
10997 continue;
10998 }
10999
11000
11001 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
11002 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
11003 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
11004 if (loc->inserted)
11005 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
11006 loc->duplicate = 1;
11007
11008 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
11009 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
11010 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11011 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
11012 "a permanent breakpoint"));
11013 }
11014
11015 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
11016 && (have_live_inferiors ()
11017 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))))
11018 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
11019
11020 if (should_insert)
11021 download_tracepoint_locations ();
11022
11023 do_cleanups (cleanups);
11024 }
11025
11026 void
11027 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
11028 {
11029 struct bp_location *loc;
11030 int ix;
11031
11032 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
11033 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
11034 {
11035 decref_bp_location (&loc);
11036 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
11037 --ix;
11038 }
11039 }
11040
11041 static void
11042 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
11043 {
11044 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
11045
11046 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
11047 update_global_location_list (inserting);
11048 }
11049
11050 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
11051
11052 static void
11053 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
11054 {
11055 bpstat bs;
11056
11057 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
11058 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
11059 {
11060 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
11061 bs->old_val = NULL;
11062 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
11063 }
11064 }
11065
11066 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
11067 static int
11068 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
11069 {
11070 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
11071
11072 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
11073 return 0;
11074 }
11075
11076 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
11077 callbacks. */
11078
11079 static void
11080 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
11081 {
11082 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11083 struct value_print_options opts;
11084
11085 get_user_print_options (&opts);
11086
11087 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
11088 single string. */
11089 if (b->loc == NULL)
11090 {
11091 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
11092 }
11093 else
11094 {
11095 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->source_file == NULL)
11096 {
11097 printf_filtered (" at ");
11098 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
11099 gdb_stdout);
11100 }
11101 if (b->loc->source_file)
11102 {
11103 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
11104 more nicely. */
11105 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
11106 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
11107 b->loc->source_file, b->loc->line_number);
11108 else
11109 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
11110 different file name, and this at least reflects the
11111 real situation somewhat. */
11112 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
11113 }
11114
11115 if (b->loc->next)
11116 {
11117 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11118 int n = 0;
11119 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11120 ++n;
11121 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
11122 }
11123 }
11124 }
11125
11126 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
11127
11128 static void
11129 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
11130 {
11131 xfree (self->cond);
11132 xfree (self->function_name);
11133 xfree (self->source_file);
11134 }
11135
11136 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
11137 {
11138 bp_location_dtor
11139 };
11140
11141 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
11142 inherit from. */
11143
11144 static void
11145 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
11146 {
11147 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
11148 xfree (self->cond_string);
11149 xfree (self->addr_string);
11150 xfree (self->filter);
11151 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
11152 }
11153
11154 static struct bp_location *
11155 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
11156 {
11157 struct bp_location *loc;
11158
11159 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
11160 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
11161 return loc;
11162 }
11163
11164 static void
11165 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11166 {
11167 /* Nothing to re-set. */
11168 }
11169
11170 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
11171 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
11172
11173 static int
11174 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
11175 {
11176 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11177 }
11178
11179 static int
11180 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
11181 {
11182 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11183 }
11184
11185 static int
11186 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
11187 struct address_space *aspace,
11188 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
11189 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
11190 {
11191 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11192 }
11193
11194 static void
11195 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
11196 {
11197 /* Always stop. */
11198 }
11199
11200 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
11201 errors. */
11202
11203 static int
11204 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
11205 {
11206 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11207 }
11208
11209 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
11210 errors. */
11211
11212 static int
11213 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
11214 {
11215 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11216 }
11217
11218 static enum print_stop_action
11219 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
11220 {
11221 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11222 }
11223
11224 static void
11225 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
11226 struct ui_out *uiout)
11227 {
11228 /* nothing */
11229 }
11230
11231 static void
11232 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11233 {
11234 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11235 }
11236
11237 static void
11238 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
11239 {
11240 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11241 }
11242
11243 static void
11244 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
11245 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11246 enum bptype type_wanted,
11247 char *addr_start,
11248 char **copy_arg)
11249 {
11250 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11251 }
11252
11253 static void
11254 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11255 struct linespec_result *c,
11256 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
11257 char *cond_string,
11258 enum bptype type_wanted,
11259 enum bpdisp disposition,
11260 int thread,
11261 int task, int ignore_count,
11262 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
11263 int from_tty, int enabled,
11264 int internal)
11265 {
11266 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11267 }
11268
11269 static void
11270 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
11271 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
11272 {
11273 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11274 }
11275
11276 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
11277 {
11278 base_breakpoint_dtor,
11279 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
11280 base_breakpoint_re_set,
11281 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
11282 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
11283 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
11284 base_breakpoint_check_status,
11285 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
11286 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
11287 base_breakpoint_print_it,
11288 NULL,
11289 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
11290 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
11291 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
11292 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
11293 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
11294 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
11295 };
11296
11297 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
11298
11299 static void
11300 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11301 {
11302 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
11303 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
11304 {
11305 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
11306 delete_breakpoint (b);
11307 return;
11308 }
11309
11310 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
11311 }
11312
11313 static int
11314 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
11315 {
11316 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
11317 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
11318 &bl->target_info);
11319 else
11320 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
11321 &bl->target_info);
11322 }
11323
11324 static int
11325 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
11326 {
11327 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
11328 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
11329 else
11330 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
11331 }
11332
11333 static int
11334 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
11335 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
11336 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
11337 {
11338 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
11339
11340 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
11341 || ws->value.sig != TARGET_SIGNAL_TRAP)
11342 return 0;
11343
11344 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
11345 aspace, bp_addr))
11346 return 0;
11347
11348 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
11349 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
11350 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
11351 return 0;
11352
11353 return 1;
11354 }
11355
11356 static int
11357 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
11358 {
11359 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
11360
11361 return 1;
11362 }
11363
11364 static enum print_stop_action
11365 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
11366 {
11367 struct breakpoint *b;
11368 const struct bp_location *bl;
11369 int bp_temp;
11370 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11371
11372 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
11373
11374 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
11375 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11376
11377 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11378 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
11379 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
11380 bl->address,
11381 b->number, 1);
11382 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
11383 if (bp_temp)
11384 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
11385 else
11386 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
11387 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11388 {
11389 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
11390 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
11391 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
11392 }
11393 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11394 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
11395
11396 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
11397 }
11398
11399 static void
11400 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11401 {
11402 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
11403 return;
11404
11405 switch (b->type)
11406 {
11407 case bp_breakpoint:
11408 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
11409 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
11410 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
11411 else
11412 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
11413 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11414 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
11415 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
11416 break;
11417 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
11418 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
11419 break;
11420 }
11421
11422 say_where (b);
11423 }
11424
11425 static void
11426 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
11427 {
11428 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
11429 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
11430 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
11431 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
11432 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
11433 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
11434 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
11435 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
11436 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
11437 else
11438 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11439 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
11440
11441 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
11442 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
11443 }
11444
11445 static void
11446 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
11447 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11448 enum bptype type_wanted,
11449 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
11450 {
11451 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
11452 addr_start, copy_arg);
11453 }
11454
11455 static void
11456 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11457 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11458 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
11459 char *cond_string,
11460 enum bptype type_wanted,
11461 enum bpdisp disposition,
11462 int thread,
11463 int task, int ignore_count,
11464 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11465 int from_tty, int enabled,
11466 int internal)
11467 {
11468 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
11469 cond_string, type_wanted,
11470 disposition, thread, task,
11471 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
11472 enabled, internal);
11473 }
11474
11475 static void
11476 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
11477 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
11478 {
11479 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
11480 }
11481
11482 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
11483
11484 static void
11485 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11486 {
11487 switch (b->type)
11488 {
11489 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
11490 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
11491 case bp_overlay_event:
11492 case bp_longjmp_master:
11493 case bp_std_terminate_master:
11494 case bp_exception_master:
11495 delete_breakpoint (b);
11496 break;
11497
11498 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
11499 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
11500 case bp_shlib_event:
11501
11502 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
11503 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
11504 case bp_thread_event:
11505 break;
11506 }
11507 }
11508
11509 static void
11510 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
11511 {
11512 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
11513 {
11514 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
11515 events. This allows the user to get control and place
11516 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
11517 objects (among other things). */
11518 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
11519 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
11520 }
11521 else
11522 bs->stop = 0;
11523 }
11524
11525 static enum print_stop_action
11526 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
11527 {
11528 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11529 struct breakpoint *b;
11530
11531 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11532
11533 switch (b->type)
11534 {
11535 case bp_shlib_event:
11536 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
11537 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
11538 to shlib event" message.) */
11539 print_solib_event (0);
11540 break;
11541
11542 case bp_thread_event:
11543 /* Not sure how we will get here.
11544 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
11545 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11546 break;
11547
11548 case bp_overlay_event:
11549 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
11550 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11551 break;
11552
11553 case bp_longjmp_master:
11554 /* These should never be enabled. */
11555 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11556 break;
11557
11558 case bp_std_terminate_master:
11559 /* These should never be enabled. */
11560 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
11561 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
11562 break;
11563
11564 case bp_exception_master:
11565 /* These should never be enabled. */
11566 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
11567 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
11568 break;
11569 }
11570
11571 return PRINT_NOTHING;
11572 }
11573
11574 static void
11575 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11576 {
11577 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
11578 }
11579
11580 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
11581
11582 static void
11583 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11584 {
11585 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
11586 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
11587 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
11588 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
11589 }
11590
11591 static void
11592 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
11593 {
11594 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
11595 }
11596
11597 static enum print_stop_action
11598 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
11599 {
11600 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11601
11602 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11603 {
11604 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11605
11606 switch (b->type)
11607 {
11608 case bp_finish:
11609 ui_out_field_string
11610 (uiout, "reason",
11611 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
11612 break;
11613
11614 case bp_until:
11615 ui_out_field_string
11616 (uiout, "reason",
11617 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
11618 break;
11619 }
11620 }
11621
11622 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11623 }
11624
11625 static void
11626 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11627 {
11628 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
11629 }
11630
11631 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
11632
11633 static void
11634 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11635 {
11636 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
11637 }
11638
11639 static int
11640 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
11641 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
11642 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
11643 {
11644 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
11645 tracepoints. */
11646 return 0;
11647 }
11648
11649 static void
11650 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
11651 struct ui_out *uiout)
11652 {
11653 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
11654 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
11655 {
11656 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
11657
11658 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
11659 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
11660 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11661 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11662 }
11663 }
11664
11665 static void
11666 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11667 {
11668 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
11669 return;
11670
11671 switch (b->type)
11672 {
11673 case bp_tracepoint:
11674 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
11675 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11676 break;
11677 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
11678 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
11679 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11680 break;
11681 case bp_static_tracepoint:
11682 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
11683 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11684 break;
11685 default:
11686 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11687 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
11688 }
11689
11690 say_where (b);
11691 }
11692
11693 static void
11694 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
11695 {
11696 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
11697
11698 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
11699 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
11700 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
11701 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
11702 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
11703 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
11704 else
11705 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11706 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
11707
11708 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
11709 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
11710
11711 if (tp->pass_count)
11712 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
11713 }
11714
11715 static void
11716 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
11717 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11718 enum bptype type_wanted,
11719 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
11720 {
11721 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
11722 addr_start, copy_arg);
11723 }
11724
11725 static void
11726 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11727 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11728 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
11729 char *cond_string,
11730 enum bptype type_wanted,
11731 enum bpdisp disposition,
11732 int thread,
11733 int task, int ignore_count,
11734 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11735 int from_tty, int enabled,
11736 int internal)
11737 {
11738 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
11739 cond_string, type_wanted,
11740 disposition, thread, task,
11741 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
11742 enabled, internal);
11743 }
11744
11745 static void
11746 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
11747 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
11748 {
11749 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
11750 }
11751
11752 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
11753
11754 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
11755 markers (`-m'). */
11756
11757 static void
11758 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
11759 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11760 enum bptype type_wanted,
11761 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
11762 {
11763 struct linespec_sals lsal;
11764
11765 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
11766
11767 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
11768
11769 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
11770 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
11771 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
11772 }
11773
11774 static void
11775 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11776 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11777 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
11778 char *cond_string,
11779 enum bptype type_wanted,
11780 enum bpdisp disposition,
11781 int thread,
11782 int task, int ignore_count,
11783 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11784 int from_tty, int enabled,
11785 int internal)
11786 {
11787 int i;
11788
11789 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
11790 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
11791 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
11792 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
11793 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
11794 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
11795
11796 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
11797 {
11798 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
11799 struct tracepoint *tp;
11800 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11801 char *addr_string;
11802
11803 expanded.nelts = 1;
11804 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
11805
11806 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
11807 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
11808
11809 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
11810 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
11811 addr_string, NULL,
11812 cond_string, type_wanted, disposition,
11813 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
11814 from_tty, enabled, internal,
11815 canonical->special_display);
11816 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
11817 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
11818 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
11819 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
11820 try to match up which of the newly found markers
11821 corresponds to this one */
11822 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
11823
11824 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
11825
11826 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11827 }
11828 }
11829
11830 static void
11831 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
11832 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
11833 {
11834 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
11835
11836 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
11837 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
11838 {
11839 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
11840 sals->nelts = 1;
11841 }
11842 else
11843 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11844 }
11845
11846 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
11847
11848 static int
11849 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
11850 {
11851 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
11852 }
11853
11854 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
11855 structures. */
11856
11857 void
11858 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
11859 {
11860 struct breakpoint *b;
11861
11862 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
11863
11864 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
11865 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
11866 especial culprits.
11867
11868 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
11869 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
11870 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
11871 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
11872 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
11873 deleted.
11874
11875 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
11876 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
11877 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
11878 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
11879 was chosen. */
11880 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
11881 return;
11882
11883 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
11884 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
11885 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
11886 {
11887 struct breakpoint *related;
11888 struct watchpoint *w;
11889
11890 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
11891 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
11892 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
11893 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
11894 else
11895 w = NULL;
11896 if (w != NULL)
11897 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
11898
11899 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
11900 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
11901 related = related->related_breakpoint);
11902 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
11903 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
11904 }
11905
11906 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
11907 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
11908 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
11909 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
11910 if (bpt->number)
11911 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
11912
11913 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
11914 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
11915
11916 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11917 if (b->next == bpt)
11918 {
11919 b->next = bpt->next;
11920 break;
11921 }
11922
11923 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
11924 been freed. */
11925 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
11926 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
11927 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
11928 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
11929 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
11930 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
11931 commands won't work. */
11932
11933 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
11934
11935 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
11936 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
11937 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
11938 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
11939 might be better design to have location completely
11940 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
11941 update_global_location_list (0);
11942
11943 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
11944 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
11945 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
11946 bpt->type = bp_none;
11947 xfree (bpt);
11948 }
11949
11950 static void
11951 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
11952 {
11953 delete_breakpoint (b);
11954 }
11955
11956 struct cleanup *
11957 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11958 {
11959 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
11960 }
11961
11962 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
11963 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
11964
11965 static void
11966 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
11967 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
11968 void *),
11969 void *data)
11970 {
11971 struct breakpoint *related;
11972
11973 related = b;
11974 do
11975 {
11976 struct breakpoint *next;
11977
11978 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
11979 next = related->related_breakpoint;
11980
11981 if (next == related)
11982 {
11983 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
11984 function (related, data);
11985
11986 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
11987 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
11988 out. */
11989 break;
11990 }
11991 else
11992 function (related, data);
11993
11994 related = next;
11995 }
11996 while (related != b);
11997 }
11998
11999 static void
12000 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12001 {
12002 delete_breakpoint (b);
12003 }
12004
12005 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
12006 delete_breakpoint. */
12007
12008 static void
12009 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12010 {
12011 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
12012 }
12013
12014 void
12015 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12016 {
12017 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12018
12019 dont_repeat ();
12020
12021 if (arg == 0)
12022 {
12023 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
12024
12025 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
12026 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
12027 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
12028 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12029 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
12030 {
12031 breaks_to_delete = 1;
12032 break;
12033 }
12034
12035 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
12036 if (!from_tty
12037 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
12038 {
12039 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12040 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
12041 delete_breakpoint (b);
12042 }
12043 }
12044 else
12045 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
12046 }
12047
12048 static int
12049 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
12050 {
12051 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12052 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
12053 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
12054 return 0;
12055 return 1;
12056 }
12057
12058 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
12059 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
12060 Null names are ignored. */
12061
12062 static int
12063 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
12064 {
12065 struct bp_location *l;
12066 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
12067 (int (*) (const void *,
12068 const void *)) streq,
12069 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
12070
12071 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
12072 {
12073 const char **slot;
12074 const char *name = l->function_name;
12075
12076 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
12077 if (name == NULL)
12078 continue;
12079
12080 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
12081 INSERT);
12082 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
12083 returns NULL. */
12084 if (*slot != NULL)
12085 {
12086 htab_delete (htab);
12087 return 1;
12088 }
12089 *slot = name;
12090 }
12091
12092 htab_delete (htab);
12093 return 0;
12094 }
12095
12096 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
12097 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
12098 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
12099 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
12100 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
12101 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
12102 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
12103 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
12104 The heuristic is:
12105
12106 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
12107 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
12108 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
12109 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
12110 in the sources, and output a warning.
12111
12112 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
12113 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
12114 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
12115 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
12116 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
12117 warning.
12118
12119 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
12120 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
12121 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
12122 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
12123 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
12124 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
12125 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
12126 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
12127 precisely because it confuses tools). */
12128
12129 static struct symtab_and_line
12130 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
12131 {
12132 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12133 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
12134 CORE_ADDR pc;
12135 int i;
12136
12137 pc = sal.pc;
12138 if (sal.line)
12139 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
12140
12141 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
12142 {
12143 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
12144 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
12145 b->number,
12146 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
12147
12148 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
12149 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
12150 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
12151
12152 return sal;
12153 }
12154
12155 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
12156 by string ID. */
12157 if (!sal.explicit_pc
12158 && sal.line != 0
12159 && sal.symtab != NULL
12160 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
12161 {
12162 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
12163
12164 markers
12165 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
12166
12167 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
12168 {
12169 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
12170 struct symbol *sym;
12171 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
12172 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12173
12174 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
12175
12176 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
12177 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
12178
12179 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
12180 "found at previous line number"),
12181 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
12182
12183 init_sal (&sal2);
12184
12185 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
12186
12187 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
12188 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
12189 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
12190 if (sym)
12191 {
12192 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
12193 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
12194 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
12195 }
12196 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", sal2.symtab->filename);
12197 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
12198
12199 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
12200 {
12201 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
12202
12203 if (fullname)
12204 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
12205 }
12206
12207 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
12208 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
12209
12210 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
12211
12212 xfree (b->loc->source_file);
12213 if (sym)
12214 b->loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal2.symtab->filename);
12215 else
12216 b->loc->source_file = NULL;
12217
12218 xfree (b->addr_string);
12219 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
12220 sal2.symtab->filename,
12221 b->loc->line_number);
12222
12223 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
12224 so. */
12225
12226 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
12227 }
12228 }
12229 return sal;
12230 }
12231
12232 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
12233 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
12234
12235 static int
12236 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
12237 {
12238 while (a && b)
12239 {
12240 if (a->address != b->address)
12241 return 0;
12242
12243 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
12244 return 0;
12245
12246 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
12247 return 0;
12248
12249 a = a->next;
12250 b = b->next;
12251 }
12252
12253 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
12254 return 0;
12255
12256 return 1;
12257 }
12258
12259 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
12260 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
12261 a ranged breakpoint. */
12262
12263 void
12264 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
12265 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
12266 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
12267 {
12268 int i;
12269 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
12270
12271 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
12272 {
12273 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
12274 location. */
12275 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
12276 update_global_location_list (1);
12277 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
12278 "multiple locations found\n"),
12279 b->number);
12280 return;
12281 }
12282
12283 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
12284 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
12285 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
12286 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
12287 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
12288 individual locations. */
12289 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
12290 return;
12291
12292 b->loc = NULL;
12293
12294 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
12295 {
12296 struct bp_location *new_loc;
12297
12298 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
12299
12300 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
12301
12302 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
12303 old symtab. */
12304 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
12305 {
12306 char *s;
12307 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12308
12309 s = b->cond_string;
12310 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12311 {
12312 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
12313 0);
12314 }
12315 if (e.reason < 0)
12316 {
12317 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
12318 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
12319 b->number, e.message);
12320 new_loc->enabled = 0;
12321 }
12322 }
12323
12324 if (sals_end.nelts)
12325 {
12326 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
12327
12328 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
12329 }
12330 }
12331
12332 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
12333 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
12334 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
12335
12336 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
12337 breakpoints. */
12338 {
12339 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
12340 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
12341 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
12342 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
12343 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
12344 often enough until a better solution is found. */
12345 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
12346
12347 for (; e; e = e->next)
12348 {
12349 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
12350 {
12351 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
12352 if (have_ambiguous_names)
12353 {
12354 for (; l; l = l->next)
12355 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
12356 {
12357 l->enabled = 0;
12358 break;
12359 }
12360 }
12361 else
12362 {
12363 for (; l; l = l->next)
12364 if (l->function_name
12365 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
12366 {
12367 l->enabled = 0;
12368 break;
12369 }
12370 }
12371 }
12372 }
12373 }
12374
12375 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
12376 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12377
12378 update_global_location_list (1);
12379 }
12380
12381 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
12382 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
12383
12384 static struct symtabs_and_lines
12385 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
12386 {
12387 char *s;
12388 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
12389 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12390
12391 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
12392 s = addr_string;
12393
12394 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12395 {
12396 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
12397 }
12398 if (e.reason < 0)
12399 {
12400 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
12401 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
12402 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
12403 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
12404 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
12405 state, then user already saw the message about that
12406 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
12407 errors. */
12408 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
12409 && (b->condition_not_parsed
12410 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
12411 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
12412 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
12413 not_found_and_ok = 1;
12414
12415 if (!not_found_and_ok)
12416 {
12417 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
12418 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
12419 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
12420 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
12421 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
12422 which approach is better. */
12423 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
12424 throw_exception (e);
12425 }
12426 }
12427
12428 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
12429 {
12430 int i;
12431
12432 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
12433 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
12434 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
12435 {
12436 char *cond_string = 0;
12437 int thread = -1;
12438 int task = 0;
12439
12440 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
12441 &cond_string, &thread, &task);
12442 if (cond_string)
12443 b->cond_string = cond_string;
12444 b->thread = thread;
12445 b->task = task;
12446 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
12447 }
12448
12449 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
12450 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
12451
12452 *found = 1;
12453 }
12454 else
12455 *found = 0;
12456
12457 return sals;
12458 }
12459
12460 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
12461 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
12462 locations. */
12463
12464 static void
12465 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
12466 {
12467 int found;
12468 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
12469 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
12470 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
12471
12472 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
12473 if (found)
12474 {
12475 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12476 expanded = sals;
12477 }
12478
12479 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
12480 {
12481 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
12482 if (found)
12483 {
12484 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
12485 expanded_end = sals_end;
12486 }
12487 }
12488
12489 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
12490 }
12491
12492 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
12493 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
12494
12495 static void
12496 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
12497 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12498 enum bptype type_wanted,
12499 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
12500 {
12501 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
12502 }
12503
12504 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
12505 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
12506 breakpoint_ops. */
12507
12508 static void
12509 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12510 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12511 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12512 char *cond_string,
12513 enum bptype type_wanted,
12514 enum bpdisp disposition,
12515 int thread,
12516 int task, int ignore_count,
12517 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12518 int from_tty, int enabled,
12519 int internal)
12520 {
12521 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
12522 type_wanted, disposition,
12523 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
12524 enabled, internal);
12525 }
12526
12527 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
12528 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
12529
12530 static void
12531 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12532 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12533 {
12534 struct linespec_result canonical;
12535
12536 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
12537 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
12538 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
12539 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
12540 b->filter);
12541
12542 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
12543 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
12544
12545 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
12546 {
12547 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
12548
12549 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
12550 *sals = lsal->sals;
12551 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
12552 contents. */
12553 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
12554 }
12555
12556 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
12557 }
12558
12559 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
12560
12561 static struct cleanup *
12562 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
12563 {
12564 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12565
12566 input_radix = b->input_radix;
12567 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12568 if (b->pspace != NULL)
12569 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
12570 set_language (b->language);
12571
12572 return cleanups;
12573 }
12574
12575 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
12576 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
12577 Unused in this case. */
12578
12579 static int
12580 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
12581 {
12582 /* Get past catch_errs. */
12583 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
12584 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12585
12586 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
12587 b->ops->re_set (b);
12588 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12589 return 0;
12590 }
12591
12592 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
12593 void
12594 breakpoint_re_set (void)
12595 {
12596 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12597 enum language save_language;
12598 int save_input_radix;
12599 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12600
12601 save_language = current_language->la_language;
12602 save_input_radix = input_radix;
12603 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
12604
12605 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12606 {
12607 /* Format possible error msg. */
12608 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
12609 b->number);
12610 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
12611 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
12612 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12613 }
12614 set_language (save_language);
12615 input_radix = save_input_radix;
12616
12617 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
12618
12619 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12620
12621 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
12622 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
12623 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
12624 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
12625
12626 /* While we're at it, reset the skip list too. */
12627 skip_re_set ();
12628 }
12629 \f
12630 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
12631
12632 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
12633 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
12634 void
12635 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
12636 {
12637 if (b->thread != -1)
12638 {
12639 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
12640 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
12641
12642 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
12643 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
12644 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
12645 as well. */
12646 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
12647 }
12648 }
12649
12650 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
12651 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
12652 which ends with a period (no newline). */
12653
12654 void
12655 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
12656 {
12657 struct breakpoint *b;
12658
12659 if (count < 0)
12660 count = 0;
12661
12662 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12663 if (b->number == bptnum)
12664 {
12665 if (is_tracepoint (b))
12666 {
12667 if (from_tty && count != 0)
12668 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
12669 bptnum);
12670 return;
12671 }
12672
12673 b->ignore_count = count;
12674 if (from_tty)
12675 {
12676 if (count == 0)
12677 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
12678 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
12679 bptnum);
12680 else if (count == 1)
12681 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
12682 bptnum);
12683 else
12684 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
12685 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
12686 count, bptnum);
12687 }
12688 breakpoints_changed ();
12689 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12690 return;
12691 }
12692
12693 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
12694 }
12695
12696 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
12697
12698 static void
12699 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12700 {
12701 char *p = args;
12702 int num;
12703
12704 if (p == 0)
12705 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
12706
12707 num = get_number (&p);
12708 if (num == 0)
12709 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
12710 if (*p == 0)
12711 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
12712
12713 set_ignore_count (num,
12714 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
12715 from_tty);
12716 if (from_tty)
12717 printf_filtered ("\n");
12718 }
12719 \f
12720 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
12721 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
12722
12723 static void
12724 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
12725 void *),
12726 void *data)
12727 {
12728 int num;
12729 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
12730 int match;
12731 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
12732
12733 if (args == 0)
12734 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
12735
12736 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
12737
12738 while (!state.finished)
12739 {
12740 char *p = state.string;
12741
12742 match = 0;
12743
12744 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
12745 if (num == 0)
12746 {
12747 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
12748 }
12749 else
12750 {
12751 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
12752 if (b->number == num)
12753 {
12754 match = 1;
12755 function (b, data);
12756 break;
12757 }
12758 if (match == 0)
12759 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
12760 }
12761 }
12762 }
12763
12764 static struct bp_location *
12765 find_location_by_number (char *number)
12766 {
12767 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
12768 char *p1;
12769 int bp_num;
12770 int loc_num;
12771 struct breakpoint *b;
12772 struct bp_location *loc;
12773
12774 *dot = '\0';
12775
12776 p1 = number;
12777 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
12778 if (bp_num == 0)
12779 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
12780
12781 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12782 if (b->number == bp_num)
12783 {
12784 break;
12785 }
12786
12787 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
12788 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
12789
12790 p1 = dot+1;
12791 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
12792 if (loc_num == 0)
12793 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
12794
12795 --loc_num;
12796 loc = b->loc;
12797 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
12798 ;
12799 if (!loc)
12800 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
12801
12802 return loc;
12803 }
12804
12805
12806 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
12807 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
12808 which ends with a period (no newline). */
12809
12810 void
12811 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
12812 {
12813 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
12814 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
12815 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
12816 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
12817 return;
12818
12819 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
12820 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
12821 return;
12822
12823 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
12824
12825 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12826 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
12827 {
12828 struct bp_location *location;
12829
12830 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
12831 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
12832 }
12833
12834 update_global_location_list (0);
12835
12836 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
12837 }
12838
12839 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
12840
12841 static void
12842 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12843 {
12844 disable_breakpoint (b);
12845 }
12846
12847 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
12848 disable_breakpoint. */
12849
12850 static void
12851 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12852 {
12853 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
12854 }
12855
12856 static void
12857 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12858 {
12859 if (args == 0)
12860 {
12861 struct breakpoint *bpt;
12862
12863 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
12864 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
12865 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
12866 }
12867 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
12868 {
12869 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
12870 if (loc)
12871 {
12872 loc->enabled = 0;
12873 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12874 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
12875 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
12876 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
12877 }
12878 update_global_location_list (0);
12879 }
12880 else
12881 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
12882 }
12883
12884 static void
12885 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition)
12886 {
12887 int target_resources_ok;
12888
12889 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12890 {
12891 int i;
12892 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
12893 target_resources_ok =
12894 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
12895 i + 1, 0);
12896 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
12897 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
12898 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
12899 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
12900 }
12901
12902 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
12903 {
12904 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
12905 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
12906 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12907
12908 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
12909 {
12910 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
12911
12912 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
12913 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
12914 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
12915 }
12916 if (e.reason < 0)
12917 {
12918 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
12919 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
12920 bpt->number);
12921 return;
12922 }
12923 }
12924
12925 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12926 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
12927
12928 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12929 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
12930 {
12931 struct bp_location *location;
12932
12933 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
12934 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
12935 }
12936
12937 bpt->disposition = disposition;
12938 update_global_location_list (1);
12939 breakpoints_changed ();
12940
12941 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
12942 }
12943
12944
12945 void
12946 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
12947 {
12948 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition);
12949 }
12950
12951 static void
12952 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
12953 {
12954 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
12955 }
12956
12957 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
12958 enable_breakpoint. */
12959
12960 static void
12961 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12962 {
12963 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
12964 }
12965
12966 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
12967 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
12968 in stopping the inferior. */
12969
12970 static void
12971 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12972 {
12973 if (args == 0)
12974 {
12975 struct breakpoint *bpt;
12976
12977 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
12978 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
12979 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
12980 }
12981 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
12982 {
12983 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
12984 if (loc)
12985 {
12986 loc->enabled = 1;
12987 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12988 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
12989 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
12990 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
12991 }
12992 update_global_location_list (1);
12993 }
12994 else
12995 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
12996 }
12997
12998 static void
12999 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
13000 {
13001 enum bpdisp disp = *(enum bpdisp *) arg;
13002
13003 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp);
13004 }
13005
13006 static void
13007 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
13008 {
13009 enum bpdisp disp = disp_disable;
13010
13011 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
13012 }
13013
13014 static void
13015 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13016 {
13017 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
13018 }
13019
13020 static void
13021 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
13022 {
13023 enum bpdisp disp = disp_del;
13024
13025 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
13026 }
13027
13028 static void
13029 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13030 {
13031 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13032 }
13033 \f
13034 static void
13035 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
13036 {
13037 }
13038
13039 static void
13040 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
13041 {
13042 }
13043
13044 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
13045 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
13046 GDB itself. */
13047
13048 static void
13049 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr, int len,
13050 const bfd_byte *data)
13051 {
13052 struct breakpoint *bp;
13053
13054 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
13055 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
13056 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
13057 {
13058 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
13059
13060 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
13061 {
13062 struct bp_location *loc;
13063
13064 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
13065 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
13066 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
13067 && addr + len > loc->address)
13068 {
13069 value_free (wp->val);
13070 wp->val = NULL;
13071 wp->val_valid = 0;
13072 }
13073 }
13074 }
13075 }
13076
13077 /* Use the last displayed codepoint's values, or nothing
13078 if they aren't valid. */
13079
13080 struct symtabs_and_lines
13081 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int flags)
13082 {
13083 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
13084
13085 if (string == 0)
13086 error (_("Empty line specification."));
13087 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
13088 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, flags,
13089 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
13090 get_last_displayed_line ());
13091 else
13092 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, flags, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
13093 if (*string)
13094 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string);
13095 return sals;
13096 }
13097
13098 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
13099 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
13100 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
13101 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
13102 someday. */
13103
13104 void *
13105 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13106 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
13107 {
13108 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
13109
13110 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
13111
13112 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
13113 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
13114
13115 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
13116 {
13117 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
13118 xfree (bp_tgt);
13119 return NULL;
13120 }
13121
13122 return bp_tgt;
13123 }
13124
13125 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
13126 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
13127
13128 int
13129 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
13130 {
13131 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
13132 int ret;
13133
13134 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
13135 xfree (bp_tgt);
13136
13137 return ret;
13138 }
13139
13140 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
13141 stepping. */
13142
13143 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
13144 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
13145
13146 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
13147
13148 void
13149 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13150 struct address_space *aspace,
13151 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
13152 {
13153 void **bpt_p;
13154
13155 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
13156 {
13157 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
13158 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
13159 }
13160 else
13161 {
13162 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
13163 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
13164 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
13165 }
13166
13167 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
13168 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
13169 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
13170 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
13171 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
13172 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
13173
13174 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
13175 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
13176 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
13177 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
13178 }
13179
13180 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
13181 were inserted or not. */
13182
13183 int
13184 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
13185 {
13186 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
13187 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
13188 }
13189
13190 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
13191
13192 void
13193 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
13194 {
13195 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
13196
13197 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
13198 call. */
13199 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
13200 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
13201 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
13202 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
13203
13204 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
13205 {
13206 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
13207 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
13208 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
13209 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
13210 }
13211 }
13212
13213 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
13214 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
13215 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
13216 exec. */
13217
13218 void
13219 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
13220 {
13221 int i;
13222
13223 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
13224 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
13225 {
13226 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
13227 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
13228 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
13229 }
13230 }
13231
13232 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
13233 removing them. */
13234
13235 static void
13236 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
13237 {
13238 int i;
13239
13240 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
13241 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
13242 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
13243 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
13244 }
13245
13246 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
13247 PC. */
13248
13249 static int
13250 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
13251 CORE_ADDR pc)
13252 {
13253 int i;
13254
13255 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
13256 {
13257 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
13258 if (bp_tgt
13259 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
13260 bp_tgt->placed_address,
13261 aspace, pc))
13262 return 1;
13263 }
13264
13265 return 0;
13266 }
13267
13268 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
13269 non-zero otherwise. */
13270 static int
13271 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
13272 {
13273 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
13274 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
13275 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
13276 return 1;
13277 else
13278 return 0;
13279 }
13280
13281 int
13282 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
13283 {
13284 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
13285
13286 return inf->total_syscalls_count != 0;
13287 }
13288
13289 int
13290 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
13291 {
13292 struct breakpoint *bp;
13293
13294 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
13295 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
13296 {
13297 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
13298
13299 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
13300 {
13301 int i, iter;
13302 for (i = 0;
13303 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
13304 i++)
13305 if (syscall_number == iter)
13306 return 1;
13307 }
13308 else
13309 return 1;
13310 }
13311
13312 return 0;
13313 }
13314
13315 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
13316 static char **
13317 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
13318 char *text, char *word)
13319 {
13320 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
13321 char **retlist
13322 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, text, word);
13323
13324 xfree (list);
13325 return retlist;
13326 }
13327
13328 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
13329
13330 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
13331 static void
13332 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
13333 {
13334 tracepoint_count = num;
13335 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
13336 }
13337
13338 void
13339 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13340 {
13341 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13342 arg,
13343 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
13344 0 /* tempflag */,
13345 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
13346 0 /* Ignore count */,
13347 pending_break_support,
13348 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
13349 from_tty,
13350 1 /* enabled */,
13351 0 /* internal */))
13352 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
13353 }
13354
13355 void
13356 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13357 {
13358 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13359 arg,
13360 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
13361 0 /* tempflag */,
13362 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
13363 0 /* Ignore count */,
13364 pending_break_support,
13365 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
13366 from_tty,
13367 1 /* enabled */,
13368 0 /* internal */))
13369 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
13370 }
13371
13372 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
13373
13374 void
13375 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13376 {
13377 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
13378
13379 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
13380 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
13381 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
13382 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13383 else
13384 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13385
13386 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13387 arg,
13388 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
13389 0 /* tempflag */,
13390 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
13391 0 /* Ignore count */,
13392 pending_break_support,
13393 ops,
13394 from_tty,
13395 1 /* enabled */,
13396 0 /* internal */))
13397 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
13398 }
13399
13400 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
13401 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
13402
13403 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
13404 static int next_cmd;
13405
13406 static char *
13407 read_uploaded_action (void)
13408 {
13409 char *rslt;
13410
13411 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
13412
13413 next_cmd++;
13414
13415 return rslt;
13416 }
13417
13418 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
13419 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
13420 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
13421 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
13422 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
13423
13424 struct tracepoint *
13425 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
13426 {
13427 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
13428 struct tracepoint *tp;
13429
13430 if (utp->at_string)
13431 addr_str = utp->at_string;
13432 else
13433 {
13434 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
13435 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
13436 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
13437 user. */
13438 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
13439 "source location, using raw address"),
13440 utp->number);
13441 sprintf (small_buf, "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
13442 addr_str = small_buf;
13443 }
13444
13445 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
13446 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
13447 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
13448 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
13449 utp->number);
13450
13451 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13452 addr_str,
13453 utp->cond_string, -1, 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
13454 0 /* tempflag */,
13455 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
13456 0 /* Ignore count */,
13457 pending_break_support,
13458 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
13459 0 /* from_tty */,
13460 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
13461 0 /* internal */))
13462 return NULL;
13463
13464 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
13465
13466 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
13467 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
13468 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
13469
13470 if (utp->pass > 0)
13471 {
13472 sprintf (small_buf, "%d %d", utp->pass, tp->base.number);
13473
13474 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
13475 }
13476
13477 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
13478 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
13479 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
13480 function. */
13481 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
13482 {
13483 struct command_line *cmd_list;
13484
13485 this_utp = utp;
13486 next_cmd = 0;
13487
13488 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
13489
13490 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
13491 }
13492 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
13493 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
13494 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
13495 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
13496 utp->number);
13497
13498 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
13499 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
13500 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
13501
13502 return tp;
13503 }
13504
13505 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
13506 omitted. */
13507
13508 static void
13509 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
13510 {
13511 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13512 int num_printed;
13513
13514 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
13515
13516 if (num_printed == 0)
13517 {
13518 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
13519 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
13520 else
13521 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
13522 }
13523
13524 default_collect_info ();
13525 }
13526
13527 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
13528 Not supported by all targets. */
13529 static void
13530 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13531 {
13532 enable_command (args, from_tty);
13533 }
13534
13535 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
13536 Not supported by all targets. */
13537 static void
13538 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13539 {
13540 disable_command (args, from_tty);
13541 }
13542
13543 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
13544 static void
13545 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13546 {
13547 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13548
13549 dont_repeat ();
13550
13551 if (arg == 0)
13552 {
13553 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13554
13555 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
13556 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
13557 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
13558 argument. */
13559 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
13560 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
13561 {
13562 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13563 break;
13564 }
13565
13566 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13567 if (!from_tty
13568 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
13569 {
13570 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13571 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
13572 delete_breakpoint (b);
13573 }
13574 }
13575 else
13576 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13577 }
13578
13579 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
13580
13581 static void
13582 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
13583 {
13584 tp->pass_count = count;
13585 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (tp->base.number);
13586 if (from_tty)
13587 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
13588 tp->base.number, count);
13589 }
13590
13591 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
13592
13593 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
13594 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
13595 Also accepts special argument "all". */
13596
13597 static void
13598 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13599 {
13600 struct tracepoint *t1;
13601 unsigned int count;
13602
13603 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
13604 error (_("passcount command requires an "
13605 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
13606
13607 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
13608
13609 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
13610 args++;
13611
13612 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
13613 {
13614 struct breakpoint *b;
13615
13616 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
13617 if (*args)
13618 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
13619
13620 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
13621 {
13622 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13623 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
13624 }
13625 }
13626 else if (*args == '\0')
13627 {
13628 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
13629 if (t1)
13630 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
13631 }
13632 else
13633 {
13634 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
13635
13636 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
13637 while (!state.finished)
13638 {
13639 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
13640 if (t1)
13641 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
13642 }
13643 }
13644 }
13645
13646 struct tracepoint *
13647 get_tracepoint (int num)
13648 {
13649 struct breakpoint *t;
13650
13651 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
13652 if (t->number == num)
13653 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
13654
13655 return NULL;
13656 }
13657
13658 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
13659 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
13660 reconnecting). */
13661
13662 struct tracepoint *
13663 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
13664 {
13665 struct breakpoint *b;
13666
13667 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
13668 {
13669 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13670
13671 if (t->number_on_target == num)
13672 return t;
13673 }
13674
13675 return NULL;
13676 }
13677
13678 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
13679 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
13680 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
13681 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
13682 struct tracepoint *
13683 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
13684 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
13685 int optional_p)
13686 {
13687 extern int tracepoint_count;
13688 struct breakpoint *t;
13689 int tpnum;
13690 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
13691
13692 if (state)
13693 {
13694 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
13695 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
13696 }
13697 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
13698 {
13699 if (optional_p)
13700 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
13701 else
13702 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
13703 }
13704 else
13705 tpnum = get_number (arg);
13706
13707 if (tpnum <= 0)
13708 {
13709 if (instring && *instring)
13710 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
13711 instring);
13712 else
13713 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
13714 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
13715 return NULL;
13716 }
13717
13718 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
13719 if (t->number == tpnum)
13720 {
13721 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
13722 }
13723
13724 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
13725 return NULL;
13726 }
13727
13728 void
13729 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
13730 {
13731 if (b->thread != -1)
13732 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
13733
13734 if (b->task != 0)
13735 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
13736
13737 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
13738 }
13739
13740 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
13741 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
13742 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
13743 non-zero. */
13744
13745 static void
13746 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
13747 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
13748 {
13749 struct breakpoint *tp;
13750 int any = 0;
13751 char *pathname;
13752 struct cleanup *cleanup;
13753 struct ui_file *fp;
13754 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
13755
13756 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
13757 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
13758
13759 /* See if we have anything to save. */
13760 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
13761 {
13762 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
13763 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
13764 continue;
13765
13766 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
13767 if (filter && !filter (tp))
13768 continue;
13769
13770 any = 1;
13771
13772 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
13773 {
13774 extra_trace_bits = 1;
13775
13776 /* We can stop searching. */
13777 break;
13778 }
13779 }
13780
13781 if (!any)
13782 {
13783 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
13784 return;
13785 }
13786
13787 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
13788 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
13789 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
13790 if (!fp)
13791 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
13792 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
13793 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
13794
13795 if (extra_trace_bits)
13796 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
13797
13798 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
13799 {
13800 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
13801 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
13802 continue;
13803
13804 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
13805 if (filter && !filter (tp))
13806 continue;
13807
13808 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
13809
13810 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
13811 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
13812 instead. */
13813
13814 if (tp->cond_string)
13815 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
13816
13817 if (tp->ignore_count)
13818 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
13819
13820 if (tp->commands)
13821 {
13822 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
13823
13824 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
13825
13826 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
13827 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
13828 {
13829 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
13830 }
13831 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
13832
13833 if (ex.reason < 0)
13834 throw_exception (ex);
13835
13836 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
13837 }
13838
13839 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
13840 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
13841
13842 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
13843 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
13844 special, and not user visible. */
13845 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
13846 {
13847 struct bp_location *loc;
13848 int n = 1;
13849
13850 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
13851 if (!loc->enabled)
13852 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
13853 }
13854 }
13855
13856 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
13857 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
13858
13859 do_cleanups (cleanup);
13860 if (from_tty)
13861 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
13862 }
13863
13864 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
13865
13866 static void
13867 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13868 {
13869 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
13870 }
13871
13872 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
13873
13874 static void
13875 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13876 {
13877 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
13878 }
13879
13880 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
13881
13882 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
13883 all_tracepoints (void)
13884 {
13885 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
13886 struct breakpoint *tp;
13887
13888 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
13889 {
13890 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
13891 }
13892
13893 return tp_vec;
13894 }
13895
13896 \f
13897 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
13898 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
13899 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
13900 command. */
13901 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
13902 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
13903 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
13904 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
13905 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
13906 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
13907 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
13908 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
13909 \n\
13910 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
13911 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
13912 \n\
13913 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
13914 conditions are different.\n\
13915 \n\
13916 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
13917
13918 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
13919 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
13920
13921 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
13922 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
13923
13924 void
13925 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
13926 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
13927 struct cmd_list_element *command),
13928 char **(*completer) (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
13929 char *text, char *word),
13930 void *user_data_catch,
13931 void *user_data_tcatch)
13932 {
13933 struct cmd_list_element *command;
13934
13935 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
13936 &catch_cmdlist);
13937 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
13938 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
13939 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
13940
13941 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
13942 &tcatch_cmdlist);
13943 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
13944 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
13945 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
13946 }
13947
13948 static void
13949 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
13950 {
13951 inf->total_syscalls_count = 0;
13952 inf->any_syscall_count = 0;
13953 VEC_free (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
13954 }
13955
13956 static void
13957 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13958 {
13959 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
13960 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
13961 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
13962 }
13963
13964 struct breakpoint *
13965 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
13966 void *data)
13967 {
13968 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13969
13970 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13971 {
13972 if ((*callback) (b, data))
13973 return b;
13974 }
13975
13976 return NULL;
13977 }
13978
13979 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
13980 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
13981
13982 static int
13983 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
13984 {
13985 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
13986 non-inline function. */
13987 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
13988 return 1;
13989
13990 return 0;
13991 }
13992
13993 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
13994 have been inlined. */
13995
13996 int
13997 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
13998 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13999 {
14000 struct breakpoint *b;
14001 struct bp_location *bl;
14002
14003 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14004 {
14005 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
14006 continue;
14007
14008 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
14009 {
14010 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
14011 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
14012 return 1;
14013 }
14014 }
14015
14016 return 0;
14017 }
14018
14019 void
14020 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
14021 {
14022 static int initialized = 0;
14023
14024 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
14025
14026 if (initialized)
14027 return;
14028 initialized = 1;
14029
14030 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
14031 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
14032 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
14033 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
14034 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14035 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
14036 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
14037 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
14038 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
14039 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
14040 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
14041 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
14042
14043 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
14044 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
14045 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
14046 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
14047 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
14048 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
14049 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
14050 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
14051
14052 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
14053 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
14054 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
14055 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
14056 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
14057 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
14058 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
14059 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
14060 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
14061 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
14062
14063 /* Internal breakpoints. */
14064 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
14065 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
14066 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
14067 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
14068 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
14069 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
14070
14071 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
14072 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
14073 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
14074 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
14075 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
14076 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
14077 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
14078
14079 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
14080 ops = &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
14081 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
14082 ops->print_it = print_it_exception_catchpoint;
14083 ops->print_one = print_one_exception_catchpoint;
14084 ops->print_mention = print_mention_exception_catchpoint;
14085 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_exception_catchpoint;
14086
14087 /* Watchpoints. */
14088 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
14089 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14090 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
14091 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
14092 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
14093 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
14094 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
14095 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
14096 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
14097 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
14098 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
14099 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
14100 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
14101
14102 /* Masked watchpoints. */
14103 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
14104 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
14105 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
14106 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
14107 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
14108 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
14109 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
14110 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
14111 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
14112 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
14113
14114 /* Tracepoints. */
14115 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14116 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14117 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
14118 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
14119 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
14120 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
14121 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
14122 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
14123 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
14124 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
14125
14126 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
14127 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
14128 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14129 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
14130 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
14131 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
14132
14133 /* Fork catchpoints. */
14134 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
14135 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14136 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
14137 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
14138 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
14139 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
14140 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
14141 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
14142 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
14143
14144 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
14145 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
14146 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14147 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
14148 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
14149 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
14150 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
14151 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
14152 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
14153 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
14154
14155 /* Exec catchpoints. */
14156 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
14157 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14158 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
14159 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
14160 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
14161 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
14162 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
14163 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
14164 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
14165 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
14166
14167 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
14168 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
14169 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14170 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
14171 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
14172 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
14173 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
14174 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
14175 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
14176 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
14177 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
14178
14179 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
14180 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
14181 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14182 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
14183 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
14184 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
14185 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
14186 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
14187 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
14188 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
14189 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
14190 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
14191 }
14192
14193 void
14194 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
14195 {
14196 struct cmd_list_element *c;
14197
14198 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
14199
14200 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
14201 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
14202 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
14203
14204 breakpoint_objfile_key = register_objfile_data ();
14205
14206 breakpoint_chain = 0;
14207 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
14208 before a breakpoint is set. */
14209 breakpoint_count = 0;
14210
14211 tracepoint_count = 0;
14212
14213 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
14214 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
14215 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
14216 if (xdb_commands)
14217 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
14218
14219 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
14220 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
14221 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
14222 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
14223 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
14224 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
14225 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
14226 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
14227
14228 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
14229 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
14230 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
14231 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
14232
14233 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
14234 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
14235 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
14236 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
14237 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
14238 \n"
14239 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
14240 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14241
14242 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
14243 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
14244 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
14245 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
14246 \n"
14247 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
14248 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14249
14250 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
14251 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
14252 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
14253 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
14254 \n"
14255 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
14256 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14257
14258 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
14259 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
14260 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
14261 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
14262 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
14263 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
14264 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
14265 if (xdb_commands)
14266 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
14267 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
14268 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
14269 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
14270 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
14271 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
14272
14273 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
14274
14275 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
14276 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
14277 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
14278 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
14279 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
14280 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
14281
14282 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
14283 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
14284 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
14285 &enablebreaklist);
14286
14287 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
14288 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
14289 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
14290 &enablebreaklist);
14291
14292 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
14293 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
14294 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
14295 &enablelist);
14296
14297 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
14298 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
14299 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
14300 &enablelist);
14301
14302 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
14303 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
14304 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
14305 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
14306 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
14307 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
14308 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
14309 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
14310 if (xdb_commands)
14311 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
14312 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
14313 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
14314 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
14315 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
14316
14317 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
14318 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
14319 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
14320 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
14321 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
14322 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
14323 &disablelist);
14324
14325 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
14326 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
14327 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
14328 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
14329 \n\
14330 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
14331 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
14332 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
14333 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
14334 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
14335 if (xdb_commands)
14336 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
14337 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
14338 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
14339 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
14340
14341 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
14342 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
14343 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
14344 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
14345 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
14346 &deletelist);
14347
14348 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
14349 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
14350 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
14351 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
14352 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
14353 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
14354 \n\
14355 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
14356 is executing in.\n\
14357 \n\
14358 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
14359 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
14360
14361 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
14362 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
14363 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
14364 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14365
14366 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
14367 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
14368 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
14369 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
14370
14371 if (xdb_commands)
14372 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
14373
14374 if (dbx_commands)
14375 {
14376 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
14377 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
14378 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
14379 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
14380 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
14381 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
14382 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
14383 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
14384 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
14385 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14386 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14387 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14388 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14389 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14390 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14391 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14392 \n\
14393 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14394 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14395 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14396 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14397 breakpoint set."));
14398 }
14399
14400 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
14401 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
14402 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14403 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14404 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14405 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14406 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14407 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14408 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14409 \n\
14410 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14411 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14412 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14413 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14414 breakpoint set."));
14415
14416 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
14417
14418 if (xdb_commands)
14419 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
14420 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
14421 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14422 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14423 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14424 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14425 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14426 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14427 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14428 \n\
14429 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14430 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14431 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14432 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14433 breakpoint set."));
14434
14435 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
14436 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
14437 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14438 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14439 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14440 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
14441 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
14442 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
14443 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
14444 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14445 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14446 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14447 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14448 \n\
14449 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14450 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14451 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14452 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14453 breakpoint set."),
14454 &maintenanceinfolist);
14455
14456 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
14457 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
14458 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
14459 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
14460
14461 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
14462 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
14463 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
14464 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
14465
14466 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
14467 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
14468 Catch an exception, when caught."),
14469 catch_catch_command,
14470 NULL,
14471 CATCH_PERMANENT,
14472 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
14473 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
14474 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
14475 catch_throw_command,
14476 NULL,
14477 CATCH_PERMANENT,
14478 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
14479 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
14480 catch_fork_command_1,
14481 NULL,
14482 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
14483 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
14484 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
14485 catch_fork_command_1,
14486 NULL,
14487 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
14488 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
14489 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
14490 catch_exec_command_1,
14491 NULL,
14492 CATCH_PERMANENT,
14493 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
14494 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
14495 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
14496 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
14497 catch_load_command_1,
14498 NULL,
14499 CATCH_PERMANENT,
14500 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
14501 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
14502 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
14503 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
14504 catch_unload_command_1,
14505 NULL,
14506 CATCH_PERMANENT,
14507 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
14508 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
14509 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
14510 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
14511 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
14512 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
14513 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
14514 catch_syscall_command_1,
14515 catch_syscall_completer,
14516 CATCH_PERMANENT,
14517 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
14518
14519 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
14520 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
14521 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
14522 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
14523 an expression changes.\n\
14524 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
14525 the memory to which it refers."));
14526 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
14527
14528 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
14529 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
14530 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
14531 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
14532 an expression is read.\n\
14533 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
14534 the memory to which it refers."));
14535 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
14536
14537 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
14538 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
14539 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
14540 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
14541 an expression is either read or written.\n\
14542 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
14543 the memory to which it refers."));
14544 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
14545
14546 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
14547 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
14548
14549 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
14550 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
14551 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
14552 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
14553 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
14554 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
14555 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
14556 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
14557 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
14558 hardware.)"),
14559 NULL,
14560 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
14561 &setlist, &showlist);
14562
14563 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
14564
14565 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
14566
14567 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
14568 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
14569 \n"
14570 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
14571 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
14572 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14573
14574 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
14575 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
14576 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
14577 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
14578
14579 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
14580 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
14581 \n"
14582 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
14583 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
14584 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14585
14586 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
14587 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
14588 \n\
14589 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
14590 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
14591 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
14592 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
14593 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
14594 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
14595 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
14596 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
14597 the selected stack frame.\n\
14598 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
14599 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
14600 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
14601 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
14602 \n\
14603 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
14604 \n\
14605 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
14606 conditions are different.\n\
14607 \n\
14608 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
14609 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
14610 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14611
14612 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
14613 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
14614 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
14615 last tracepoint set."));
14616
14617 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
14618
14619 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
14620 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
14621 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14622 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
14623 &deletelist);
14624
14625 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
14626 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
14627 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14628 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
14629 &disablelist);
14630 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
14631
14632 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
14633 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
14634 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14635 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
14636 &enablelist);
14637 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
14638
14639 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
14640 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
14641 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
14642 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
14643 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
14644
14645 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
14646 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
14647 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
14648 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
14649
14650 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
14651 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
14652 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
14653 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
14654 session to restore them."),
14655 &save_cmdlist);
14656 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
14657
14658 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
14659 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
14660 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
14661 &save_cmdlist);
14662 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
14663
14664 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
14665 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
14666
14667 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
14668 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
14669 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
14670 pending breakpoint behavior"),
14671 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
14672 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
14673 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
14674 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
14675 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
14676 pending breakpoint behavior"),
14677 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
14678 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
14679
14680 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
14681 &pending_break_support, _("\
14682 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
14683 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
14684 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
14685 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
14686 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
14687 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
14688 NULL,
14689 show_pending_break_support,
14690 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
14691 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
14692
14693 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
14694
14695 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
14696 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
14697 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
14698 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
14699 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
14700 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
14701 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
14702 NULL,
14703 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
14704 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
14705 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
14706
14707 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
14708 always_inserted_enums, &always_inserted_mode, _("\
14709 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
14710 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
14711 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
14712 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
14713 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
14714 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
14715 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
14716 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
14717 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
14718 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
14719 NULL,
14720 &show_always_inserted_mode,
14721 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
14722 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
14723
14724 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
14725 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
14726 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
14727 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
14728 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
14729 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
14730 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
14731 or the start of the range\n\
14732 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
14733 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
14734 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
14735 \n\
14736 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
14737 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
14738 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
14739
14740 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
14741
14742 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
14743 }
This page took 0.577212 seconds and 3 git commands to generate.